Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1980
OF DEN'TOM, TE)`AS CITY SPECIFICATIONS AND CQNTFIACT DOCUIAENTS FOR THE CON'3TRUCT'ON OF WA PLAjjT IMPROVEMENTS --TER TREATMENT CHEMICAL FEED FACILITIES CONTRACT 8836 DECEMBER 1980 MAYOR RICHARD 0 STEWART CITY COUNCIL UTILITY 130ASD aAY STEVENS ROLAND LANEYi CHMN. ROLAND VELA ED COO'NES CUD HENSLEY MERV WAAGE DICK STEWART SENNETT KIRK DWIGHT GAILEY MARVIN LOVELESS CEARLES HOPKINS RICHARD TALIAFERRO CITY MANAGER CHRIS HAPTUNG FACILITIES AWMINISTRATOF DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES EDW114 EARL JONES R.E. NELSON, P.E. ' FRFESE AND NICHOLSo INC. r CONSULTING ENGINEERS FORT WORTHo TEXAS U RTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Issued To: City of DeE,tori (Owner) Addl'CSS: Him loiiril Bui,ifirlN, Pel-ton, Tex>+? ((,01 THIS IS TO CERTIFY to rity of Denton Tema (Owner) that the following policies of insurance, subject io fhair terms, conditions and exclusions, have been issued by 0is Company covering the insured named below for the types of operations and at the locations de- scri!:ed herein, It is understood and agreed that none of the policies referenced herein will be cancelled, changed, or reduced in coverage with- out aC least (30) thirty days advance written notice to the City of nenton, rxrrs _ (Owner) at the above address. - 1. Name of Insured: James R. Codoe Crnniany 2. Address: I-30 t, 5+49 7ndustt'lnl 111)sinns Park Rt. 1, Bo, ?65-Y, Ru.kvr ll,~'Pexas 75087 3. Status of Insured: Corporation Partnership Individual Other 4. Location of Operations Covered: All Locations 5. Description of Operations Covered: All Operations of insure THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NEITHEP AFFIRMAM ELY OR NEGATIVELY AMENDS, EXTENDS OR ALTERS THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESIGNATED HEREIN. INSURANCE I WACO.': 114 HMRCIi Mh AIRANCIi AH:0111WD W)LY 17OR 11AAAPOS INNCA1171) BY fX) Ty pt nI Ibliry x I ii„i[s of I i,l,diq i, Ircy I!v i v ry um lanil,u 1V. C. i'rn 53/C; (a) SI,nd vJ Y,-1I Igtn s Cool IIi )rl S Y %,c, it 1 o61'l Ri'n'.Idoytt's::nC0ai.p.,lional 1'arhOccu[rcr,cc $ _ - . rOl 5/13 (1•) If rgo1 r:cmcn's & Illrbor Wort C19 5talu10ry $ I llil,(io{1.OU I rnrn: (rdnl rnSAIion rsom:5/13 80 (c) C.cncrai l1.1billly 70: 5/13/81 I'n.l!yInjury 100 000.00 7A9110613 Porn iscs - npcr,tion I,-,c13 1'trson $ . 300- X100.06 Crnlrsclar'sl'rolcNiYc Cacl,Cccurrrncc p~odeclsr~ Complclcdnpcsalions ArLrrPIc I'rr+duels S.. ir101000_00 Contsulua) & Corai,1VA OptIA"Ins TrcrcilX nan,abe raclsoccurrcnco f_l.QQ•QQ~cQQ_-- rraniscs Optralion ALLrcgalc )'rcin.Opc4 S_1 QM9 PJ.QQ - Contracfoi s 1'totrcGre ApLseLate 1'sotrciise e„100 000._00____ rroducls R Complctcd 01'cralion% ArlrrtFatc I'toducls S_.~ 001000.00 _ A Complctcd Oprs:.lions 100 Ohio. 00 ArlICCOIcContractual Conlntluil Lxllosion, Colhpsc & 1 00,0(,0. UO UodtrUound Damsi;e 0; r. U.) ArUeLale X.C.U. - rrom: 5/13/ (d) Aulum,bilc Liability To: 5/13/8 i tSOCily ln~ur ' r 10613 O,xncd Autonrobi cl i;,cl[ I'crson •-t00_-_ /.A91 114cd AulomOUCI 500 0o0 00 iron-0,sncd Auloinobilcs Each Occuncncc s Piopcrty 1)a1n3re Owncd Automobiles 100,000-00 Iliad Aulonsobiles Each Occurrence VmOwocd Auto,nobilcs 5/13/80 (c) Other Imai5-nce 5/13/81 Commercial Umbrella A_- $1)0001000.00 F:xcc_ss of 'rritlary m862190 CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY Subject to policy terms, conditions and exclusions, specific Contractual Liability coverage is provided as follows: U< For liability assumed by the Insured under its Contract with city of _ Lenton, Texas`__- (Nner) for the operations described herein. All Contracts between the Insured and City or Denton, Texas (owner). Umbrella with Mission Ins. Co. ~K04-4' 1i-:1iance Insurance Company _ By: 2 Insurance Company - u R fol e;_ tat~ve _ 1 P.0.1?ox 19112, Houston, Tx 17024 Date., '1_ Address TABLE OF CONTENTS INVITATION FOR BIDS E !Me I8-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I TB-l. PROPOSAL P-1 WAGE RATE SCALE WS-1 CONTRACT AGREEMENT 1 PERFORMANCE BOND 3 PAYMENT BOND 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GC-1 Detail Specifications Section General Requirements General Equipment Stipulations IA Clearing and Grubbing 18 Excavation 2A Concrete 2B Concrete Formwork 3A Concrete Reinforcemept 3B Precast Concrete Wall Panels 3C Miscellaneous Metals 3C Steel Bar Joists 5A Carpentry and Millwork 58 Roofing and Sheetmetal 6A Caulking, Damproofing and Weatherproofing 7A Metal Doors and Frames 7B Finish Hardware$ Weatherstripping and Thresholds 8A Painting and Finishing 88 Building Siecialties IOA Miscellaneous puni,s Chemical Feed Equipment 11A Metering Equipment 118 Miscellaneous Equipment 110 Chemical Steirage Tanks 110 Heating and Ventilation 15A Pipe and Fittings 1515B Valves C General Electrical 15C Conduit and Wire 16A Electrical Equipment 166 16C ' I 1\ 1 Denton, Texas , tlatel, Treatment Plant Improvements Chemical Feed Facilities Optrac'c 8836' ADDENDUM NO. i Bids to be opened: i';00 p.r,j,, J )try 6, 190. SPECIFIC~TION5 1. Section 1B - General Eq~r~ent SSiDD.u~.lations: Page 8-6 can be oun n t e Spec ►atians mmediat'ely 61 --T lowing Pa~q 3A-12. 2. Section 26 - Lard ; Tttm 4. Pi Cm6edmeChange the first paragrapfi~'to'r`ead aranular,embedment shall be placed araO d all pipes installed on this protect from a depth of four (41') inches minimum below the bottom of'the pipe to a height Nof four-(4 inches minimum above the top of the pipe. Embecm6ot for pine installed under concrete pavement shall meet the obove requirement with the exception tht the embedment shall extend abcive the top of the pipe to within six (6") inches of the road 'urface. The re- tmaining six inches shall be tiohcreie pavement." 3. Section I56~; ripE and Fittings; Add the following: 113. DUCTIi1 IRO' PIPING: Materials: Ductile iror pipe and fittings shall be furnished as, nd sated on the plans and as provided herein, The plcns indicate sizes and piing ar-rangement; the Contractor shall be responsible. for; furnishing pipei,and fittinis. for Proper matte urj and for furnishing all 'supports or special app6rtenahces for thi completed pipi?Wrk. Ductile Iran pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI 5pECific3tiarp A21.50 and A21.516 Pipe thickness class shall be 63 mi^imuii, designed fa'r.150 psi working pressure. Fittings sizes'through 12" shall be Class 250, sizes 14" and larger shall be {1ass 1EO. Fittings shall be in accordance with A115I Specification A21.10 and A21.11. Flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI S?ecifiaition 816.1. Bolts for flanges shall trot ASTM A-307, Grades A or. B, carbon steel bolts. Bolt heads Amercitin Standard Rgg'jlar unfinished square or hexagon, Nuts' to be A;erican Standard Regular Fexagon dimension ASA 1318.2. Gaskets to be inserted rubber gaskets 1/16" per AVWA C207-55, Sect-.7. 44 _ Sheet E~1: Add the foilowi9; Install heat tr g on al Caustic piping in and the Chemicaa. Facilftin$uTd insul Install a heat tracing thermostat for co►trol of qrf th cing and c,)nnect to circuit G-39 ll inters{tio , or heat Install heat tracing and insulation on the 3" PVC alum solu line from the Chemical Facility Building to the Ra tion install a heat tracing thermostat on the de Mix Basin, building and connect to circuit G-40,'rth inside wall of the Install he,It tracing and insulation on the 4" PVC water line be- tween the C:emicaT Facility"Building and the Filter Gal install a heat tracing thermostat on the north inside wallyof'the building and convect to circuit G'.43. Install heat traw-ing and insulation on the 21, PVC aT water Tines froth; the Chemical +m and 2" p~•r, tanks. Install! heat tracin th(! Building to the S~ical storage building find co , • 9 rmostat on the insid! wall of the' rihect to•circuit G-eq," 5. Sh et E-2: Chan~)e the foilowin , e Into trio g' 'Lighting Panel "G" shall be Q) panels, each klith 30 arcults, The first panel shall have a 400A., 2P mai sha n breaker, ciroyits 1 ti~~''u 30 ae'. Wn an the Plaits, and sub'-feed lugs for the second seond panel sha?:1,be identical to the first anal panel. rtie. mAln lugs,Only, -Htwits 31-60 (circuits 31. ,18 except with ?lens), and no st~h-feed lugs, Ci 38 as Shown on the 44/46 shall @ach be a 20A,g 2i,, ,breaker.39Install anpare 20A, 1P . 'breaker in circuits 47, 48* / '`~40/4c~ 43/45 and " labeled SPACE, The sub-reed 4from~the first panel to the 'second panel :hall he 2.500MCM, N1/0 Gnd, 3„ C.C►rcuits 5i-b0 shall i;e Add the four new heat tracing circuit's to the CAUSTIC PIPING HEAT III n r Biddhers shall acknowTre,q_gcq.1 .t of this addo on tero~iosa~, _ ndumury in thF Q. B - t U?jscg roves F'REESE AND NIC,40LS, IN;, Consuli:ing Engineers ` Fort Worth, Texas 76'10? DeOmber 30, 1980 r'„''#?'.s5.~:`R , pi{}, a rlt .'L C • 'f ,s M`A 3:4"'4 .r View be 14SMU&M, o, {i) F'lanod Joint Pi e: The Contractor shall to r'e% on' Bible,for the ra►surfinen,^o a cor~nzctions" Flanged pipping i< all be' erected, ih 466G0ance with the control'iin'q dimension shQ' "oft` the plains.; Each piece of flanged pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, to req►ave ctirt, rust, ggrease, and offer foreign matter, and flanged faces shall be thoroughly Wire brushed t6 U ure even bearing for onkets and mating flanges. Flange bolts sha;) %So ihstalled with "alts in one''d•irection. Flange bolts shall be tightened, each in tern, at a uniform rate arould the Joint. c. Testing: The Contractor shall test all ductile iron piping under siarvicL conditionl:.° Any leaks found'in piping shall be repaired and made good: to the satisfaction of the Engineer." j 4. Z~94:tioy_15C - Valves: Add the following: h17SOLENOID C(t TRO ALYE The. Contractor shall furnish and t ' insIaTTsflenoi covalvoa at the influent point for o►ach of the niiemicel day tanks. The*falve shall be a pilot operatiA dia r pheitgm actuated globe valve, ;,The main valve shall have a 069'le reme,vibl a seat., a, resilient d►~c and rep4irs shall aQ possible without remo;1.1nq the 'viive boey'froom the ;ire. It shall close, tight whap'plessure is appiied1o the cover chance+r and opAn.Whin presagre is relieved-from the cover chamber. 'Tho"jiilot cc,:ntrol l shall be a, brass ba~^ stock body, three way valve. ,Stlcnoid valves; i shall ,ha~vo 120 VAC coil and shill open main valve wh~~6 energized. "I The va1v sha1~° be similar and ec;tal to the Clayton IJV)0-01 Solenoid Control Valve,' Materials of construction for the valves shall be suita0e for the chami4l application." G, aSeyctioh 16L'~ £ RLlr at'F~n , Item'4. rtrac+n Change the~rst senten a~ ce t0 a r,peec_tric heat trail ng s a be in- stalled on interior and eytei for caustic piping and -on pl1, exterior, alum and water piping." PLANS 1. Shoe `C14-3:, Section 9: ` he`".'eein line mixer" shown nn the 3" PVC wateVne should read "3" mete0e" 2. sheet C,F•6- Wal}way Over Pioirlgg~ Section. The dimensions "span 5 l -lclear span 4"C1 ''sliou~l-crread-'Epan 5'-6" -clear span 41- •u u 3. Sheet E-1; add the following: Each of the seven (7) ch}~m1al day tanr:s sl~rall hate an electrical iolenoid valve installed;on the • inlet che,nicdl line as described elsflwhere in this addeidum. Each tank shall be furnished with an l,ntegrai float type level switch " s Contractor shall furnish for control of the solenoid valve. TM and instal 2,f 12 3/4" C. from the solenoid valve to the conto,4ol box on euclt'j~ump. The level switch shall be connecteu to the 120 VAC in,,the'i,Jntwol box and to the solenoid Valve to open the sole `nold valve 'M falling lcv~el." INVITATION FOR BIDS Sealed proposals addressed to Mr, John J, Marshall, Purchasing Agent of the City of Denton, texas, will be received at the office of the Muni- cipal Building until 200 P.M January EL I9AI for the construction of the following item: CONTRACT 8836 t4EMICAL FEED FACILITIES At this time and place the proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. Any bid received after closing time will be returned unopened. Copies of plans, sp(4cifications, anu Contract Documents are on file and may be examrnra without charge in tho office of the Director of Utili•- ties, Municipal Building, Denton, Tevs. Copies Lions and Contract Documents may be procured froo FreesesandpNichols, Inc., Consulting Engineers, 811 Lamar S"reet, Fort Wnrth, Texas, upon a nonrefundable deposit of $25.00. A cashier's check, certified check or acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Denton, Texas, in an amount not less than five 6%) percent of the bid submitted, must accompany each bid as a guarantee that, if awarded the contract, the Bidder will, within ten (10) days of award of contract, enter into a contract and execute bonds on the forms provided in the Contract Documents. Attention is called to the fact that not less than the prevailing wage rates, as established by the City of Denton, Texas, and as hereinafter set forth in the Contract Documents hereinbe`ore described and which are made a part hereof, must be paid on this project, Performance and Payment. Bonds shall be furnished as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating proposal prices the City of Denton, Texas, reserves the right to adopt the most advan- tageous construction thereof, or to reject any all bids, and waive formalities. No bid may b% withdrawn within sixty (60) days after date on which bids are opened, I CITY OF DWON, TEXAS John J. Marshall, CPO Purchasing Agent iB-I ~7 INST_ R_ U`IONS BIDDERS 1• Defined Terms. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined n the General Conditions of the Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. 2. Qualification of Bidder. To demonstrate his ProJect, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five 5) da s Owner's request written data as to the Bidder's qualifications for the financial data qualif.Cationssuch ast evidence of authoritious experience, list of available equipment, and Project is located. y to conduct business in the Jurisdiction where the 3 Examination _Cract Documents and Site. 3.1 Before submitting his Bid Contract Documents thoroughlych Bidder must (a) examine the iariie himself with local condi(b) v1 thxtttmaysi easy famr'er tions In affect performance of the Work, federal, state and local laws, ordinancesiaruleshanderegula- tions affecting performance of the Work, And (d) ral correlate his observations with the requlrements ofrthelCon- tract Documents. de to 3.2 iidReference is entificationaof thoseesurveysmandainvestigatin for the subsurface or latent physical conditions atgtheositeports of other-wise affecting performance of the Work which have baen relied upon by Engineer in preparing the Drawings and Speci- fications. The data is furnished for information only and the Owner nor, Engineer guarantees the accuracy of the data. Before submittlrg his Bid wh Bidder will, at his own ex- pense, make such additional surveys and investigations as he May deem necessary to determine his Bid price for performance of the Work within the teams of the Contract Documents. 3.3 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of this Article 3. 4• Interpretations. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract meocumeocu sits shall be submitted to Engineer in writing. Replies by es will be iss•Jed by Addenda mailed or delivered as having received the bidding documentsa . Questions received to It parties recorded less then two days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be witho t legal affect. ITB-1 5. Bid a rity. Each bid r.iust be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or an approved Bidder's Bond underwritten by a surety named in the current list of "Surety Company Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department, for the sum of five (5%) percent of the amount of the maximum total bid as a guarantee thn;., if awarded the contract, the bidder will promptly enter into a Contract and execute a Performance and Payment Bond on the forms included in the Contract Documents. Certified or cashier's check shall be made payable to the Owner. 6. Contract Time: The number of days for the completion of Work (the Contract Time shall be inserted by the Bidder in the space provided in the Proposal and will be included in the executed Agreement. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 7. Subcontractors etc.: 7.1 It the Bid, Supplementary Conditions or Specificaions require the identity of certain Subco:ttractors and other persons and organizations to be submitted to Owner in advance of the Notice of Award, the apparent low Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, will within seven (7) days after the day of the Bid opening submit to Owner a list of all Subcontractors and other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material and equipment) pro- posed for those portions of the Work as to which such identi- fication is so required. Such iist shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, person and organization if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, other person or organization, he may before giving the Notice of Award request the apparent low Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in his Bid price. If the apparent low Bidder declines to make any such substitution he may withdraw his Bid and will not thereby sacrifice his Bid Security. Any Subcontractor, other person or organization so listed and to whom Owner or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer. 7.2 Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 8. Bid Form Proposal . 8.1 Bidders shall use the Bid forms included in the documents for each contract. Bid forms are to be left attached to documents in same manner as received by Bidders. Supplemental data to ITB-2 be furnished shall be included in same sealed envelope with the Bid. 8.2 Bid Forms must be completed in ink. The Bid reice of each item on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of a conflict, words will take precedence, 8.3 Rids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the cor- porate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 8.4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear ender his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 8.5 All names must be printed below the signature. 8.6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form). 9. Submission of Bids. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated In the Inv tation for Bids and shall be included in an o;aque sealed envelope, marked with the Project title and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security and other required docu- ments. 70. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. Bids may not be withdrawn after opening of Bids for the period set firth in the Invi- tation for Bids. 11. OpenlA of Bids. Bids will be opened as indicated in the Invi- tation for Bids. 12. Bids to Remain Open. All Bids shall remain open for the period of time set forth in the Invitation for Bids, but Owner may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 13. Award of Contract. 13.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and waive any and all formalities, and the right to disregard all non- conforming or conditional Bids or counter proposals. ITB-3 13.2 In evaluating Bids, Owner shill consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comp'ly with the pre- scribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if re- quested in the Bid forms. He may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors ? d other persons and organizations (including those who ire to furnish the prin- cipal items of material or equipmen ) proposed for those portions of the Work as to which th identity of Subcon- treC.tors and other persons and orga,iizations must be submitted as specified in the Supplementary C mditiens or Specifications. He may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qua ifications and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed Subcontractors and other persons and organizations to do tie Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. Owner reserves t,e right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not meet any such evaluation to owner's satisfaction. 13.3 If a contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. 14. Execution of Contract. 14.1 The accepted Bidder, within fifteen (15) days after formal notice of award, shall execute the formal Contract Agreement and required Bonds on the forms prepared and submit'.ad by tR'e Owner. 14.2 The Owner will issue a Notice to Proceed authorizing the Contractor to commence work. 15. Wage Rates. There shall be paid on the project not less than the general prevailing rates of wages io the locality of the project, which prevailing wage rates have been determined by the Owner in accordance with statutory requirements. There is included immediately following these Instructions to Bidders a schedule giving for vari s classifica- tions the minimum rates as have been established by the Owner. 16. Salts Taxes. The Owner qualifies as an exempt agency pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act, and is not subject to any State or City sales taxes. The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate complying with the State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling #95-U.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968. 118-4 17. Bonds The Contractor will be required to furnish all bonds as descr7bedin Articlc 5 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS IT3-5 PROPOSAL uenton, Texas January Lo 1981 PROPOSAL OF James R. Godbe Company Corporation sized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas____, a partnership consisting of - an individual. the business name of TO: John J. Marshall, CPO Purchasing Agent Denton, Texas PROPOSAL FOR: ATE TREATMENT PLANT IMPROVEMENTS: CHEMICAL FEED FACILITIES CONTRACT The undersigned Bidder, pursuant to the foregoing Invitation for Bids, has carefully examined the instructions to Bidder;, this Proposal, the Supplementary Conditions. the form of Contract Agreement and of Bonds, the General Conditions of the Agreement, the Specifications, the Plans, and also the site of the work., ai?d will provide all ineceSsar lab and superintendence, machinery, equipment, tools, other facilities to complete fully all the work a!; provided in the Con- tract Documents; and binds himself upon formal acceptance of his Pro- posal to execute a contract bonds, according to the prescribed forms, for the following price: Description Extended Item Estimated ' ;o be written in words) Amount Nom uantit Price - 1 1 L.S. For the construction and completion of the chemical feed facilities, to include caustic and alum feed systems, piping, chemical feed building, elec- trical, etc., complete a5 shown on the plans and specified herein, the lump sum of Two hundred Fift~ ive Thous and--------------------- dollars. $_255,004.00 P-1 Within ten (10) drys after formal acceptance of this Proposal by an award of contract, the undersigned will execute the Contract Agreement and will furnish approved surety bonds and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents for the faithful performance of the Contract. In the event the Contract Agreement and bonds are not executed within the time above set forth, the attached bid security in the amount of is to become the property of the Nner as liquidated damages the delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned agrees to suF,stantially complete all work covered by these Contract Documents within 240 consecutive calendar days from, and including, the day established for the start of work as set forth it a written work order to be issued by the Owner or by the Engineer for the Owner. Except by mutual agreement, of the Owner and the Contractor, the date established for the start of work will be not less than ten (10) days or not more than thirty (30) days after the data of the Con- tract Agreement. Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1 12-30-80 Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No. 4 Addendum No. 5 Respectfully submitted, By axt t1 Ja es R. Godbe, Vice-President I Rt. 1 Box 265-Y Rockwall, Texas 75067 Address _ (SEAL) If Bidder is a Corporation NOTE: Da not detach bid forms from other papers. Fill in with ink and submit complete with attached pagers. P-2 1. MINIMt,M_WAGE SCALE The rates below have been detennined by the City of Denton, Texas, in accordance with the statutory requirements and prevailing local wages. Overtime shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half (1 112) times the regular rates for every hour worked in excess of forty (40) hours per week. CLASSIFICATION RATE PF'R HOUR CLASSIFICATION RATE PER HOUR Asphalt Raker $4.50 Power Equipment Operators: Batching Plant Scal:man 4.20 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe Carpenter, Rough 5.00 Drag' ,ine, Shovel Concrete Finisher 5.00 (Less that 1 112 C.Y.) $4.70 Concrete Finisher Helper 3.75 Crane, Clanshell, Backhoe Farm Builder (Structures) 5.0 Form Builder Hei`er 4.75 Dragline, Shaves Form Liner r Helr, 0 1/2 C.Y. & Over) 5.00 Form Setter j 5.00 Foundation Drill Operator 6.00 (Paying) 4.00 Front End Loader Form Setter Helper 3.75 (2 1/2 C. Y. & less) 4.15 Form Setter (Structures) 5.00 Front Eild Loader Laborer, Common 3.00 (Over 2 1/2 C.Y.) 5.00 Mechanic 5.00 Motor Grader Operator 4.75 Oiler 4.20 Motor Grader Operator Pipelayer 4.00 Fine Grade Powderman 4.75 Roller, Pneumatic 5.00 Power Equipment Operators: Scrapers 3.85 Asphalt Distributor 4,x45 Scrapers, Fine Grade 4.50 4.7 Asphalt Paving Machine ;.50 Tractor, 150 N.P. 6 Less 3 .85 Bulldozer 4.50 Tractor, Over 150 H,P. Bulldozer, Fine Grade 4.75 Boring Machine 4.75 Concrete Curbing Machine 5.00 Welder 4.00 Concrete Paving Machine 4.95 5.50 Concrete Paving Saw 4.75 The CONTRACTOR shall comply will all State and Federal Laws applicable to such work. The above are minimum rates. Bidders shall base their bids on rates they expect to pay, if in excess of those listed. The OWNER will not consider claims for extra payment to :ONlRACTOR on account of payment of wages hirher than those specified. WS-1 CONTRACT AGREEMENT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF bENTOPi _ ) THIS ,AGREEMENT, made and entered into this _13_th day o A.D., 19 81, by and between The City of Benton Of the County of _ penttcrL-and State of Texas, acting through___ -N1"..___-___. -_.__"_-thk!reunto duly authorized so to do, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed they OWNER, and - of the City of Rockwall County of and State of --_Texas Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR,. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be msde and performed oy the Party of the First Part (OWNER), and under the conditions expressed in the bonds bearing even date herewith, the said Party of the Second Part (CONTRACTOR) hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (OWNER) to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in - the General Conditions of the Agreement; and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equip- ment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and servi:es necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto, and in accordance with all the Gener0 Conditions of the Alreement, the Special .ondi tions, the Ncticc, to Bidders (Advertisement for Bids), Instructions 1 10-15-?1 , formance andBindaccordancehwithrthe Plans, which Ient ncludessalllmaasta'`hed hereto, prints, and other drawings and printed or written explanataryamatterblue- thereof, and the Specifications therefor, as prepared by FREESE AND NIChOLS, INC., herein enti,,.led the ENGINEER, each of which has been identi- fied by the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entirtj contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work on or after the date established for the start of work as set forth in a written notice to commence work and to substantially complete all work within thQ time stated in the Proposal, sub,)ect to such extensions of time as are pro- vided by the °;,eneral and Sp-iciai Conditicns. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds t-~ phripaymentces of this i'tio of the Contract. pedal Conditons this AgreementI nEtheWyearOindtdaypfirstsabovehwrittenso''ts have executed ATTEST: op dr u City of Denton, Texas al~`r`ty ;7 t n FT-_ rt, OW j~ By Richard Lr`Stewart, I or 1 {SEAL) ATTEST: )mires R. God ran,;~an-fl y Fair y oo. the Second Part, C5 -RTCfo-R Ja?S P. Gu.be, Vino-President (SEAL) 2 10/22/73 PERFORMANCE 80110 STATE OF TEXAS } COUNTY Of MOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That_ ,lamei R. Godbe _ Comprl„_____~ of the City of Ros,;rrall Comity of Rockiiall and State of Texas as PitINCIPAL, and Reliance Insurance Company as SURSTY, au'.hc.;rizpd urder the laws of the Skate of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the Cit,_of Denton• Texas as OWNER, in the penal sum of rhiq I_LW&jQJ_ Fifty-Five Thousarnd - - - - Dollars ($LJL IM,,& For the paymant vhereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and V%eir I+e"Irs, adninistrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the OWNER, dated the IM, day of jAnjLUX_, 19_al_, for the con- struction ar" _ Contract 88316-Water Treatment Plant ImprovFme_nts _ Chemical Feed Facilities which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same ettent as if copied at lf.ngth herein. 3OW, THEREFORE, the cordition of this obligation is such, that i~" the said Frincipal shall faithfully perfonr said Contract and shall in ail respects duly and faithfully obsarve and perform all and singular the cove- nants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and Cove- nanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true int_nt and meaning of said Contract and the Plens and Specific-stions hereto annexed, then this ooligation shall be void: otherwise to regain in full orce and affect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texer, as arrended I 3 I iU-15-71 >~Ma 1 by Acts of thr, S6-11 Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond sh,jli be determined in accordance with thc~ An to t}ie same extent as if it were copied at length herein. provisions of said PROVIO':D FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Renton Covnt Y, State of Texas. Surat}P, for value received extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, to) the work performed thereunder, or'theiplans es and agrees that no chan;e, C companying the same, shall in an p specifications, or this bn qs aid it d , dries hereby Ywfse affect its obligation on this bond ation or additiontoathe termseofftheycosuch ntract, or to the work fzrmed thereunder• g .extension of tfine, alter- alter- to be per- sealed IN WITNESS tE,pF+ the said Pri ipai and Surety have signed and this lmnstr~{ment this ~.Q~,, C~ -day of _ J_arres R. Gncbe Company , r nc paT"" Reliance Insurance Company y 3y__ 's 0 Tict~ Vice-President TitT eAo • -Fact Address Rt. 1. box 265-Y Address 4 Pen;► Center Plaza RockwaT 1 ~ l_, Texas 75G87 Philadelphia, Penns Ivania 19103 (SEAL) The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: NOTE: Oate Of Bond must not be prior, to date of Contract, - 4 10-15-71 PAYMENT 30a STATE OF TEXAS CGUNTY OF DENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Jamas_R. Godte _ Company of the City of a _ 8ockwall , County of . Rockwall and State of e x a c as PRINCIPAL, and ! Reliance Insurancej'oMr __.r_ as SURETY, authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as suriity on bonds for principa3s, are held and firmly bound unto the _ City of Denton. Texas _ _ as OWNER, in the penal sum of - Dollars ) for the payment whereof, e sa -rTncViFai?-Sur•ety bind tke e S acrd their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the 13th day of Januarv__, l9 1 for the construction of Contract '83fz L_jb.ter TrWMgpt PLU.U¢prIlnMjtj_,~ _Chemical_ -Feed Fa which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW9 THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants Supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor {n the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then this ooligation shall be void; othrrrwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended by acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities oo this band shall be determined in accordance with the provisiors of said Article to the sa:re extent as if it were copied at length herein. PROVIDED FORTHER, that if my lega' action be filed apon this bond, venue shall lie in __.Denton _r County, State of Texas. 5 1C•15-11 ' Surety, for value extension of time. alteration and agrees that no change, to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawirn s • accoman 1n the sjme shall in an terms of the con t; act, ~r ' ywise affeccha and it doesghereby waive notice of an t its obligation on this bond, alteration or addition to the terms of thehcontract 9e, extension of time , performed thereunder. , or to the work to' be Ill WITNESS WHEREOF, th said Pri i sealed this instrument this pal and Surety have signed ind of Jarx R, Godbe Corn a n r nc pa"T Manx-- - i ] Iail ce Insuranre Co~anny 5urey 7 By- ; James AS, e BY`'---- By-- Titi _Vic _Pre5ideq Titl#Attt e,-In--Fa ct Address __Rt' art Addresses P nn a Pl'ilphta P nee ' 103 (SEAL) - (SEAL) The name ;jnd address of he Resident Agent of Suret y is Note: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. f, 10-15-11 RELIANCE INlSUR,AN., COMPANY NEAP OFFICE, PHILADELPHIA. PENNSYLVANIA KNIM AL', MEN By 7-hE'SE PRESENTS, That tP$ RELIAOW IN ER OF SURANCE COMPPA,NY, PEnnply does hereby xor rroke, tnnrtitute and appoint paretion duiv organic td under ter laws of the State of Houston, Texas J, F- Spence, Jr, and Daisy L, Canary, indijiduall .>r, of rill true AM lawful AttornnY-in-Fact. to manta, 11xecute, LInd9ria qel and deliver for and on it, behalf, and as in Oct and dad ki:igs of Suretyship, any and all bonds and and -tad the RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY th+raby as hilly and to the q" extent obliga tory in the natwa shereof rare signed by an M as if CauUt such office 1 E"cu%'ve 01 (If the RELIANCE INSURANCE Ya Aand n ~undertakings amd other ,,,t,mqj I. and he reby rttifias and confirrm alt that its raid Attorney(r),n-Fect may OM.P,IN do in Pursuance Mreol, other effective This Powar Saptgmbe. 7,Attp a whrlcA ~ntW under and by authority of A.nicle VII of Iha ByL awa of R EL I N IyoA ions are now in full rorca and effect, ril as follows ACE INSURANCE COMPANY whkh beam, ARTICLE V11 - EXECUTIOM OF 80NOS AND UNDERTAKINGS 1. The Bard of Directors, ter Isresldent, he Chairamn of the Bard, any Sanlor Via President, any Vke President or Assistant Via fares dent or other psi (e r designated hY the 8oar of Directors shelf have power and authority to fee appoint Arran on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings, r;Voynilentes, contracts of inde unity and Other writings to ,amova any such Al torneyim Fact of any time and Pevoke the YB in Fact and to authority term to expCUta (server and autflpriry given to Rim, obl'gatory In the nature thereof, and (DI Old derivation bahalrf of the a MII have Power and authority, subject to the tarns and limitationa of t The erivation seal is note Comnoorly. or forbtondsanditurid frrklnps, taeognltengt, COntrecte of indemnity and ot~writ~n attorney Wig issued to term, rto it, e i --eta COrPorsto T the nature Thereof, Any bonds and undenaRitgl, recpgnllanCes, 00611111(31 Of i obligatory, in the mature . ^demrt$y and other writing) ob'iqipl.ilor ory 3. Attorne".1ri-Fact shall have POWer ant sutfiprity to execute affidavits required to be attached to lots", rr miry Of other conditional or obligatory un lottakings end they shall also have power and authority to Certify IM fine to copies of the By-laws of IM CO wgnitancss, contracts 07 irldettt. '^p°ny or +nY MiCle or r..•ction thereof. ndN rtatarA,nt of the Company ant This power of attorney h signed end sealed by facsimile umdsr and by authority of the following Ae>oluti011, edpptad by tPu RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY 1111 a mdet{tag l e1d on the 5th day of June 19i9 at which a amender or repeaiad; quorum was present, and said hoso«6 o i as not been "Resolved, that IM signatures of such di•eporl and officers and the Oaf of the Company rney Oe affixed to an such attorney or any certificate relating :MEMO by tacVmila, and any such PCrva Cf attorney Or certificate bearing such facsimile sp,ytures or faaimila seal shall be vend teed Di any power of faafim r signatures and facrimlle sea! Ifyll be vaing UP011 the Co(rtpanY and ant- such Power so executed and certilied by undertaklltq to which it ;a attaches)." ^fl upon ter Company in the figure with r +spect to any bond or tTN N WITNESS WHEREOF, the REU+.fiCE INSURANCE COMPANY has caused theme wasentl to be si n ASS±, affixed. this 12th "AV cf P e0 by in Yoe Presid.,,x, and ill cox be hirtego September 19 'l9 poretaualro Rf.LIANC NSURA E COMPA 'ej asst. vice 1'residaill STATE OF FennsyaY:inia u . ~ COUNTY OF Philadelphia. \ - On this 12th day of 3eptember 1979, Asit. 9. personally appeared RAYMCnd MacNeil to me Crown to bee the Vin President of the RELIANCE INSURANCE COAIPA,NY, a„du.4 inrtrum,ent and altixW Iha Ysi of card cox wledyed u+at M r lion, let forth 1 all i n, r pdrsdo,t thereto, and that Arricla VII, -u t+ attested Iha IoregarQ + e still in full force. $Ia'On 1. 2, ..,Tp( ;Fe ByL rvs a , . on +nv end'the Aewi -or I MY Commission Expires: April ~,o . ' . Nr tar ~ v Publi. nand rcr Srata of F` anneyl'~aafa Pas,d,ngat PYUEAels)hia 1. J, A. Daily BM forpjding is a ;rue and correct rsr y A ~t- L!Secretary of the RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY, ~OAril effect, % of a PO~e( 9f 13ito`S y e>ecutM by sa'd RELIANCE INSURANCE }0 hereby certify that the aMw /Cs . COMPANY, which is still in fall force a,,j IN WITNES3 WHEPEOF, t have hereunto In /a' tad yob~f f~ vji 1111 seal of raid Comoq,y this 18Y of Val 11 •`~s Bunt Serreru GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS Wherever u!ed in these General Conditions or in the ether Contract Documents, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addendum (Addenda) - A supplement to the Contract Documents issued in writing prior to the receipt of bids. Agreement - The written Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performe.t. Application for Payment - The form furnished by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progie:5 payments, and which is to, include the schedule of values required by paragraph 14.1 and an af- fidavit of CONTRACTOR that progress payments theretofore received on. account of the Work have been applied by CONTRACTOR to discharge in full all of CONTRACTOR's obligations reflected in prior Applications for Payment and that all materials and work included in the application for payment confolm to the requirements of the,Contract Documents., Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed; Bidder - Any person, firm or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work. Bonds - Bid, performance, payment, maintenance bonds and other instru- ments of security, furnished by CONTRACTOR and his surety in accordance with the Contract Documents Calendar Day - A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from mid- night to the next midnight and is any day of the week, no days being excepted. Contract Amendment - A written agreement signed by both parties altering the terms of the General Conditions and/or the Supplementary Conditions. Change Order - A written order to CONTRACTOR signed by OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued after execution of the Agreement. Contract Documents - The Agreement, Addenda, Invitation for Bids, In- structions to Bidders, CONTRACTOR'sBi d,theSondsl Conditions, Notice of ward, these General Conditions, the Supplementary cations, Drawings and Modifications. F&N-78 GC-1 Contract Price - The total moneys payable to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. Contract Time - Tj~e number of days stated in the Agreement for the com- pletion of the Work, computed as provided in paragraph 17.2 CONTRACTOR - The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has executed the Agreement. Drawings - The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and accepted by Owner and are referred to in the Contract Documents except shop drawings as required by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER- The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. Field Order - A written order is.Wed by ENGINEER which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents 1, accordance with paragraph 9.3 or orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 10.2. Modification,- (a) Contract Amendment; (b) Charge Order; Field Order. Notice of Award - A written notice by O',JNER to the apparent successful Bidd+2r stating that upon compliance with the cc..." Lions precedent to be fulfilled by him within the time specified, OWNER will execute and deliver the Agreement to him. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract lime will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform nis obli. gations under the Contract Documents. OWNER - A public body or authority, co.°poration, association, partner- ship, or individual for whom the Work is to be performed. Project - The entire construction to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents. Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of ENGI- NEER who is assigned to the Project site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schfdules and other data which are prepared by CONTRACTOR, a S,:1-contractor, ma►,u- facturer, supplier or distributor and which illustrate the eiui,.went, material or some portion of the Work. F&N-18 GC-2 Contract Brice - >he total moneys payable to CONTRACTOR undr•r the Contract. Doc ua1re n t s . Contract Time - the number of days stated in the Agreewr,nt for Lhe com- pletion of the Work, computed as provided in paragraph 17,7 CONTRACTOR - the person, fir+n or corporation with whom 01eY k hrrs executFd the Agreerent. Drawings - The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and accepted by Owner and are referred to in the Contract Documents except shop drawings as required by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER - The person, firm or corporation named as such in Lhe Agree-;lent. Field Order - A written order issued by ENGINEER which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents in accordance with paragraph 9.3 or orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 10.2. Modification - (a) Contract Amendment; (b) Change Order; (c) Field Order. Notice of Award - A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful Bidder stating that upon compliance with the conditions precedent to bp fulfilled by him within the time specified, OWNER will execute and deliver the Agreement to him. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by OWNER to CONJRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will conunerre to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform his obli- gations under the Contract Documents. OWNER - A public body or authority, corporation, association, Irartner- ship, or individual for whom the Work is to he performed. Project - the en'A re construction to be performed as provided in Vic Contract Documents. Resioent Project Representative - The authorized representative (if INGI- NEER who is assigned to the Project site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, bror.hures, sctedulr;s and other data which are prepared by CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, midnj-- facturer, supplier or distributor and whicn illustrate the equipi,. A, material or Sonic portion of the Work. FkN-13 GC - c •ili'l if i(_etions - Iho',(! p(Af.ions of the l,ontract c.onsistiny III writ ton technical description. of materials, c~r{ui[wn(-rt, construction %Y--fr-,;rs, standards, procedures arni workmanship is app Iirft to the Idork, ~doontractor - An individual, firji or• COT[ oratiun havinrt o direct con- 11-rct with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor frjr the performance I a mart of the Work at the site. 'rl~',tantial Completion -Certification by LNGlliIFR than thr, construction rrt the Project or a specified part thereof is sufficiently completed, In accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Project or ',pv0 fied part can be utilized for the purposes for which it was in- ir-nded pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 14.7, 14.1i; or if trere 111, no such certification, the date when final payment is due in ac- rrrruancr with Paragraph 14.12. 1'11pplem,~ntary Conditions - A portion of the Contract lJor.unents which unnllfie_ the General Conditions by making additions, r,larif!cations and/or deletions. In cases of conflict between the Supplementary Conditions and the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions shall have precedence over the General Conditions. Ww k - Any and all obligations, duties and responsibilities necessary to the successful completion of the Project, assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documerts, including all labor, materials, crluipment and other incidentals, and the furnishing hereof. Working Day - A day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any of the following holidays: New Year, Washingtor's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, 'leterans Diy, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, in which weather or other conditions, not tnder the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit constructio., of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 1•r)O A. M, and 6:00 P.M. ARTICLE ? - PRELIMINARY MA71'ERS Ixccuticn of Agreement: 2.1 the Agreement, Bonds and such other portions of the Contract Documents as may be required will ba, executed and delivered by CON- TRACTOR to 014NER within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Tne Owner shall deterolne the number of counterparts required. Ihr- O'eilER will execute the countt'.,rparts. O'WNLR, rONTMTOR and ENGINEER ! 8q •1.1 Gi~-3 shill each rece;vr on executed ccurterp.+rt of thr t,ontrrrt I!;ru'!ents ,1111 additional rroilor;red copies as required Iif -I i very of Bonds: 2,2. When he delivers the executed Agreement t.u OWNlk, (,0N(RAC70R shall also deliver to OWNER s+ach Bonds as he gray he require(J to furnisF, ire accordance with paragraph 5.1 and 5.4. Copies of Do:uments: 2.3. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten (10) ccpies (unless oPherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the exe.ution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost, of re- production i Contractor's Pre-Starr. Representations; 2.4. CONTRACTOR represents that he has familiarized himself with, and assumes full responsibility for having familiarized him-;elf with, the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, locality, and with all local conditions -and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any rrznner affect performance of the Work, and represents that he has correlated his study and observations riith the requirements of the Contract Documents. CONTPACTOR also represents that he has studied all surveys ind investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions raferred to in the Cor,tror t Documents and will make such additional surreys ana investigations as he deems necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of tha Contract Dorurrents and that he has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Coirnncnr;ement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed: 2.5. Thr Contract Tirue will commence on, and include, thc,, day foliowing the date established in the Notice to Procefd issued by Owner to Contractor, Starting the Project: 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents on the date when the Contract lime (:omc.,.nces to run. No kork shall be done at the site prior to the (late on which the Contract Time commences to rin, 7P.N-78 GC-4 hkJore Starting Construction: 2.7. Before undertaking the Work, cONTRAC1OR shell c.irefully %tudy and compare the Contract Cocuments and check and vi,rify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable fie'rd measurc;r.,.nts. He sh=,lI rot once report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, !rw,r or discrepancy which he nay discover. 2.8. Within ten (10) days after delivery of the executed Agree- mcnt by OWNER to CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall submit to LIIGINEER for approval, an estimated progress schedule indicating the stl-trting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work, and a pr .:minary schedule of Shop Drawing submissions. 2.9. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements the CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and ENGINEER certificates of insurance as required by Article After delivery of the executed Agreement by OWNER to CONTRACTOR, but before starting the Work at the site, a conference will be held to revier+ the above schedulers, to establish procedures for handling Shop Crewings and other submissions and for processing Applications for Paynent, and to establish a working understanding between the parties as to the Project. Present at the conferen,:e will be OWNER or his representative, ENGINEER, Resident. Project Representatives, CONTRACTOR and his Superintendent. ARTICLE 3 CORRELATION, INTERPRETATION AND INTENT OI" CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1. It is the intent of the Specifications ani Drawings to de- scribe a complete Project to be cionstructed in accordance with the Contract Oocuments. The Contract Documents comprise the (,ntirl~ Agree- oent between OWNED axd CONTRACTOR. They may be altered only by a Modification. 3.2. The Contract )ucunlents are complementary; whit is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. If CONIPACIOR finis a confiict,, error, or discrepancy 1v the Contract Documents, he shall call it to ENGINE.ER's attFntion in writing at once and before pre- ceeding vrlth the Work affected thereby. Any Work th,+t nmy reasonably he inferred from the Specifications or Drawings as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not i% is speLifica,lly caller for. Work, materials or equipmer,t described in wards which so applied have a well-known technical or trdrle ineaninq shall be docqriod to refer tc such recognized standard,,. f~ f &tI-]ii GC- E, ARTI(U[ 9 - AVAII.ARILiTY Q` LANY, : FHYSIC~,L CONLIrTIONS: R; EEREV,F POI'ITS Al ai1ahility of Lands: 4.' OeINLR sha11 furnish, as indicated in the Contract docwr(,nts and not later than ths- date when needed by CONTRACTOR, or- silrli l,)ter date as set forth in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be done, ri5frts-of--way for access thereto, and such ocher lands which are designated for I'he use of CONTRACTOR. Easeri,nts for permanent structures or ier-manent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Uocunrents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishino these lands or- ease+rents entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shal'i provide for all additional lards and access thereto drat r!,ay be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions - Surveys and Reports: 4.2. Reference is made to thN Supplementary Conditions for lderti- fication of those surveys and investigation reports of subsurface ai-d latent physical conditions at the Project site, or otherwise affecting pr.rforrriance of the Work which have been relied upon by ENGINEER in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. The data is for general inforretion :and the OWNER and ENGINEER do not guarantee th,! accuracy. Unforseen Physical Conditions: 4.3. CONTRACTOR shall, within three (3) days after discovery, notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing of any subsurface or latent; physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Cont,'act Por,urnents. ENGINEER will investigate those conditions an:i advise OMIER in writing if further surveys or subsurfac(e tests aril necessary. Thcreaft(-, Owner, shall obt)in the rer,essary additional surveys and tr,sts and fur'Oslr copies to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER finds that, the result; of such surveys cr tests indicate that there are subsurfac:o or latent physical conditions which differ materially from those inter,,ied in the Contract Uocumr~nts, and which could not reasonably have been anticipatc'd or discovered by CONTRACTOR through his efforts as repri~sr+oted pursuant, to Article 2.4 of these General Conditions, a Change Order eay be is~,J d incorporating the necessary revisions. Reference: Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide eigineering surveys for construction 'o establish referenr,e points which in his jidgnlent, are necessary Lo +n~nlc F ERII-78 GC -G 'ONTRr,CTOR try proceed with the Work. C04TRACT01, shall be responsible for surveying and la %ing out tha k1orr. (unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditiors), and shall protect and pre-serve the ^sta'alished reference points and shall make no changes or relocation: without the prior written approval of OWNER. lie shall rcport to ENGI,+EES; whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocatio• because of necessary changes in grades or locations. C01ITRbCTOR shall replace and accurately relocate all reference points so lost, destroyed or moved. ARTICLE. 5 - 60 LIS AND INSURANCE Performarce, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment [lands as security for the faithful performance and payment of all his obligations under the Contract Documents. Thew. Bonds shall be in arro~jnts at least equal to the Contract Price, and (except as otherw',se provided in the Supplementary Conditions) in such form as set forth in the Contract Oocumerts and with such corporate sureties as are licersid to conduct business In the state where the Project: is located and are named in the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on FecErai Bonds" as published In the Federal Register by the Audit Staff BL11eau of Accounts, U. S. Treasury Depart-lent. The performance bond and payment pond .:;call be extended to include the Correction Period set forth in Article 13.10. 5.2. If the surIlcy on any Bond furnished by CONTR"xm is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or Its right to do business is terminated In any state where any part of the Project is locate, Is revoled, CONTRACTOR, shall within five (5) days thereafter substitute anotho° frond and surety, hoth of which shall be acceptable to OWNER. Contractor's Insurance Requirements: p 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and raair,;ain such insurance as will protect him from claims under rorimen's compersation laws, disability benefit laws or other similar employee benefit laws; from clair-s for damages because of bodily inj,iry, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees, and claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; from claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees including claims irsurFd by usual personal injurv liability cr,erage; orid fro,n claims for injury to or destruction of tangible oropcrty, in- cluding loss of use resulting therefrom - any or ail of whicia may arise out of or result from CONIRAC'rOR's operations under the Contract Documents, w`rether such operations Lc by hirnsr,lf or by any Subcontractor or anyone F 11VN-78 r,r- 7 directly or indire.tly enplr,yed by any of them or for v!fiosr r is any of then a,t,y be legally Iiabi(-. Phis insuran.e shall inr.ludr the specific coverage and b~,o written fo.,r not loss than any limits of lirrhfIity and maxirwji;i deductibles spy=ciflr,d in the Suppl&Fientory Condition,, or required by law, which,~•ver is greater, shall include contractual liability insurance and shall inclljde OWNER and ENGINEER as additional insured I,,,rties. The Contractor skill maintain such additional insurance as he may deem appropriate. With the execution of the Agreement, CONTRACTOR ha11 file with OWNER and ENGINEER certific•itf?,. of such insurance, acceptable to OWNER; these certificates shall contain a provision that the cover- age afforded under the p)licios gill not be cancelled or r,latrgria'!ly changed until at least fifteen. (15) doys' prior written notif.e has been given to OWNER and ENGINEER. Additional Bonds and Insurance: 5.4. Urior to delivery of the executed Agreement by OWNER to CON- TRACTOR, OWNER ray require CONTRAUCR to furnish such other fronds and such additional insurance, in such for-in and with such sureties or insurers as OWNER may require, If such other Bone's or such other insurance are specified by written instructions giver, prior to opening of Bids, the premiums shall be paid by CONTRACTOR; if subsequent thereto, they shall be paid by OWNER (except as otherwise provided in paragraph 6.7). ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1, CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently With his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, to hniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety at the site. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible to see that the finished Work (.omplies accurately with the Contract ,1)oc1jrr(,nts. CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER dnd OWNER intend that CONTMCTOR shall be an independnrit, contractor and not the agent or employee of either OWNER or FNtIN`HA . 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep at the project site at all tiines during its progress of the work a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER e,,:ept under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent wfll he CONf~~Ai.tl!k'~. !,epresentative at the site and shall have authority to alit on behalf of CONTRACTOR, All coorrlnications given to the. superintendent sb.ll be as binding as if given to CONTRAGM1. frRN-78 (;t _;l 'lam labor, Matcrials and EqJ pr,ent: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably fiualIfied person- riel to survey and lay out. the Work and perform corrstrurt.ion as required by the Contract Documents. lie shall at all times main?•rin good disci- pline and order at the kite. 6.4. CONTRACTOR shall furni0t all materials, equilmrent, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, ap- pliances, fuel, power. ligh,, heat, telephone, water and sanitary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation and completion of the Work. 6.5. All materials and equipment which is to be incorporated into the Project shall be new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR sha'il furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of raterials and cy~irp- !nent. 6.6. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator or pro- cessors, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with four (4) sets of all operating instructions, riintenarrce manuals and parts list for all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished for the project. Substitute Materials or Equipment: 6.%. If the Specifications, law, ordinance or applicable rule: or regulations permit CONTRACTOR to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any raterial or equipment specified, and if CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, hr shall, prior to the Corii.erence called for by paragraph 2.9, make written applicati..,n to ENGINEER for approval of such a substitute certifying in writi!iy that the p-~oposeei substitute will p.arfornr adequate;y the functions called for by the general design, he similar and of equal subst-.rce to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of pcr- forrning the sane function as that specified; and identifying all vari- ations of '.he prul:ased substiute from that specified and indicatin7 available naintr?nance service. No substitute shall be ordered or in- stalled witt,out the written approval of ENGINEER who will be., the judge of equality dnl many require CONFRACTOR to furnish such ether data ohout the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No suht.titutc shall be orderod or instilled without such perroToancr! guarantee anri bonds as OWNER may require which shall b~., furnished at CONTRACrOR's expense. FVI-7B C•C-9 M~l (nncerniny I)i0icontractors: 6. ti. CONTPACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor or other person or oryanization {includinq those who are to furnish the principal iter~s of materials rw equipment), whether initially or as a substitutr~, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. Acceptance i fa any wuo(,r)rt factor, constitute other person or organization by OWNER shall not any right of OWNER to reject defective Work or work not in conformance with the Contract Documents. If OWNER after due investigation !as reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, other person or organization proposed by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other rerson or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not without the consent of OWNER make any substitution for `rnySuhcontractor, other person or organization who has been accepted by UNER. 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all acts and oais- sions of his Subcontractors and of persons and organizations directly or indirectly eriployed by then and of persons and organizations for iirhose acts any of them may he liable to the sane extent that he is responsible for- the acts and omissions of persons directly en'ployedby him. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship tween OWNER or ENGINEER and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having a direct contract rrith CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create any obligation on the part, of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any anizatinn, except moneys due any Subcontractor or other person ororg as may otherwise be required by 13w. OWNER or ENGINEtift nay furnish, to any Subcontractor or other person or organization, to the extent Practicable, evidence of amounts paid %o CONTRACTOR TRAC ORuon account of specific Morn done I in accordance with 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the thenWorkcariongssubcontract;ors9orsdelineatingnthelWorkTtoCbOeRperforredrr9 by any specific trade. 6.11. CONTRACTOR agrees to bind specifically every SubcoO.rac:tor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docu"r.,nt" for, the benefit of OWNtR. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12, CONIRACTOR sh,ill pal all license foes and royaltir_,, ant a',slr'oE +rll costs incir~cnt to the use ir, theperfor!i~~ii(e r;f the Wor, urtdehJirr confrleted Project of any invention, design, which is the subject of patent rights or copyric.,lrt.s held ty ntr rs. F&f1-M S'.-l0 COM RACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmlliss OWNLR and F:NGiNfER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of then from and against all claims, damages, losses and exponses (including attornoye,' fees) erasing out of any infringement cf patent rights or copyright,, incidfrnt to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from Ow incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device and shat; defend all such claims in connection with any allooed infringement of such rights. 6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain end pay for all construction permits and licenses and shalt pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable ;t the time of his Bid. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, fr obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all public utility charges. Laws and Regulations: 6.11. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. If CONTRACTOR o±,serves that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, he shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice thereof, and eny necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate Modification, If CONTRACTOR performs any Work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and withnut such notice to ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required i;o be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place where the Work "s to be performed. Use of Prcmises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine his equipment, the storage of materials and en,uipment and the opeeations of his workmen to areas p~.~rmitted by law, ordinances, Lermits, or the requirements cf the Contract Docurent5, and shall rot uni•easonahly r,ncwrl)e^ the premises with materials ur efluiprr:ent. 6.17. CONTRACTOR shall riot load nor pervrit any pert of any structure to be loaded with weights that will endanger the structure, nor shall he subject, any part of the Work to stresses or pressures that will endanger i t.. kecord Drawings: 6.I'. CONTRACTOR shall keep one record copy of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, and Shop Drawings at the site in ,or)d FGN-78 GC-11 order and annut,iLcd to show all chanrjes made during the cow- Lt urLion l,rocess. These Shall be available to ENGINEER, and sh,sll t;r- d,- Iivered to him for OWNER upon completion of the Projer:t. Safety and Protr,ction: 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, r.jlntaifling and supervising all safety precautions and prograr..s in connection with the Work. He shall Lake all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent darnagc,, injury or loss to: 6.19.1. all employees on the Project site and othr.r persons who nay be affected thereby, 6.19.2, all the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and 6.19.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including, but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawn;, walks, pave- ments, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shah comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or, property or to protect them from da,,7agr:, injury or loss. He shall erect and naintain, as required by the conditions and progress of -;he Work, all necessary safeguards for its safety and protection. He shall notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. All darage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6 'r.2 or 6.19.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CI__,RACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employcd by any of them or anyone for whoso acts any of them may be liable, shall be reriedipd by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities for the safeety and protection of the Work shall continue until such tin as all toe Work is completed and U,IGINFER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACT OR in accordance with paragraph 14.12 that Work is acceptdble, rnergencies: G.20. In any errcryency affecting the safety of persons or propcrLy, the CONTRA11TOR shall act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened ddlnage, injury ror loss. Any aJditional compen'.,at',Oli or ektr'n0fir, of Lime claimed by thw Conf.ractor on account of c.m,~rgency work shall he determined as provided in Article 11 and 11 for 'hdnges in the Work. i Mi - 7(1 f,i, - r 2 h-~ p hrawings and Saral:les'. 6.21. After checkirg and verifying all field roo,.mernents, CONTR,ICTOR Ido11 submit to ENGINEER for approval, in accordance 4iith the accepted nodule of Shop Drawing submissions (sc. paeagraph i.P) five copies {ter at ENGINEER's option, one reproducible copy) of ~rlI 'shop Drawings, arlrlr h shall have been checked by and stamped with the, oi.IjCvil of CONTRACTOR mn-l identified as ENGINEER may require. The data slurvni on tQ, Shop Drawings VillI be complete with respect to dimensions, design rri,cria, materials r,l construction and the like to enable ENGINEER to r°evi,~-w the information n`l required. 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER fr;r approval with `l+f.h promptness as to cause no delay in Work, all samples required by Ihn Contract Documents. All samples will have befn ch(:cked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR, identified clearly as to material, monu- lacturer, any pertinent catalog numbers and the use for which intended. 6.23. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall in writing .ill ENGINEER's attention to any deviations that the Shop Drawings or %nmpie may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.24. ENGINEER will review and approve with reasonable promptness )hop Drawings and samples, but his review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which tha. Item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and resubmit new samples until approved. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submissions. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any Shop Drawing or sample shall constitute a repre- sentation to OWNER and ENGINEER that CONTRACTOR has either dotermir,ed and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data or he assumes cull responsibility for doing so, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each Shop Urawing or sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25. Where a Shop Drawing or sample stibni~.;ion is required by the Specifications, no related Work shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by ENGINEEII. A copy of each approved Shop Drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to ENGINEER. FAN-M GC-13 IfJ!,IIyEEk's dppro v,II (+f >ho1) oe,lrrl; ur san.f,lr, ~,h,,ll nut. rrlirvr r0%1PACTOk frog, his respnnsihiIit,v for any deviati,,rI-, fro"r thy, rr-quir,-:('nts of the Contract I)Ocv "r Uri] r.,s C01VMilr„% 1~rs in irr I1,inq collr_d ENGINa LR's c.`tonLi ou to such dr~viatioil at thr. t.irir: or SIJIWi lioil +nd ENGI!4LEk has given writt~ n approval to thie ;pe(;ific d~vi.rtion, nor sha II any ~pprovaI ny FN INEEk relieve 0 I1TPf,r.10k from il..'polls'ibili!y for errur or o.vv'o,sion~, in thr Shop Drawir,rl,,. leaninq 6.27. CO'ITRA+- TOR shall keep the prr'rii~ frcE: fro11 ar.r_un11rlati0ns waste materials, ruhtrish and other debris resulting frr,' tI„, W"',I~k, raid dt the completion of the Work he shall r+~riovc all waste inatr,rials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall lease the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER, Cu'1IItAr,IOR shall restore to their original condition those portions of thc.: site not designated for alteration by the Contract Docinner,ts. Indt-v nification: 6.28. CONTRACTOR. shall indemnify and hold harorless O',".I P and ENGINEER and their agents and employees from and ayai,sst all (la)ins, damages, losses and expenses including, but not limited tr, rttorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from any act, omission or defect connected with the performance of the WorK, provided that such c.lei^9, Ohmage, loss or expense (a) is att-ibutable to bodily in,"ury, sicEnr-ss, disease or death, or to injury to jr destruction of tangible proferty (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any condition of [,remises or materials, art or omission of CONTRACTOR, any iulco ntractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of then or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whethew, or rot i5 causr:d in part negligently or otherwise, by a parry indeirrrfffed hc'reAurnler. 6.29. In any and all clafins. against 0119lEk rir iY3;Ei LP ur airy of their agents or employees by any r;mployee of CONfkAr,TOF, and Sub- contractor, anyone diy~L tly or indirectly ei~ployed by any of tf~,+n ()r anyone for whose acts ai,y of therm may be liable, the ino!i 7 nifirati, obligation under paragraph 6.2? shall not be lfmittd ir, a,iy w v hd any limitation on the amount or type of ,J,Jma(7es, com~pr.,;~ation ur hr,nef ii payable by or for hONTRACTOR nr any Subcontractor under wr;r(_om- pensation acts, disability benefit arts or other eiv.)lnyee -r,efi1 acts. :4 J.1. (I',~~iER 'dy I~'Yri}1"il d~~dltlrjnal I~UrI: Y'eldtr f fii ffir- Prot f'; liir.5nlf, or h~ ,~y 10 r,tf;r,r dire't Cl ntrarts. ~`11rf~1r;R ;iaTl rl I~i!d thf:' ('rt1~Cr rI)riI.YIrr(lr•, I.,n l1r!' j?%''1'tTeS trl r,ij i r, ,Ills I i"flfltr9i-.tS r f,~r fl,r 1,11 r.'f tlif~ aiidltl~)sril i rI 1 fl l'I ~lill~ f 1 11 i f i~ f U l i t ll t r' l r J t 1 1 4 11 -i ! d ; t O r ' i f - R s, i E I J 1 r r ' { till h r l 1!' 11111 lir 41,1 r lr~ ' I~ 1 it ~'lll 7 ! 1rir~ rsJ r ~I s! ~II ors 5:1111 f1i 71'~ yl 31y jarr. Uf r. (,INT R!°~r,1 QI1'S ~,a11'Y { ~ utir,n 1 r ri ,ljI f upon the work of al'ry ;ir„h uthf~r r(II rrICtr) (or CCNIRACi"R shall ins Lcct and proirptly rt,pcorf. tf1 iNGINEEP in rtiny any defects or deficiencies in such work that rln,ler it un- Itable for such proper e,~elJon and result. ffis f,,,ilure so to report %h,ill constitute an acceptarri:e of the other w^rk a'., fit and proper f"r the relationship of his Work except as to defect; inl defic;encies. 1111X11 may appear in the other work after the execuUr,,,', of his Work. 7.3. CONTRAC]"N shall do all cutting, fif.ting and patching of III,, lurk that may be required to lake its several carts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by such r,ther work. 1ONTRACTUR shall not endanger any work of others by cl_rtting, erxc3- vntinq or otherwise alte_rino their work and will only rut or alter flisdr idnrk with the written consent of ENGTNE.ER and of tho other con- r1,u;t;cr5 ,rrr,ose Work will be affPC,trd. 1. I. If the pI-rforiari~;') of aJdit-1onII wort: by her cOn tr,lCturs LiiifLh is not rntl:d in the Contr,-,,-t Po( urenis priI)r rrr Lhr2 execi.rtinn ~~I Lhe Agrr~r~inenL, notice thr'r.~nf shall br given Lo r.rlr;TkPC.TiJt pri[,r '-farting an,, sl additional wore. PI~I1 tT - 01riP1ER'S Rf,S,1, J>1DIf I T I E S E;.l. C),'NCR 511,111 all co11111lunicaLir?ris to C"J TPA:,Th,' thr'ouyh I ilrIINlEk. £1.2. In ~:asF of tr'l,linatiun of the ENf~INriR, 01',iP nL fn f!lif 11"N'F:f 'lll I.t, Vllhoi 01, 1R1,. 1111 !!fl!".1',s)r- nl+lulrli'~: Iorl, l-lli~7;i f.itt, U11I1 'r' Lhi! rri~i rr:'f f rilll I I 'h~.tl ,if trl!' Ii •.CI f „li;i l~. lrliy r1151~7 lr. ,in, tr r. t .F,nl 1 I~. Jh~f ! to arf,t trrlt rr f1, ~1, tlr'~'~f. I'~ jhlll f~llI1~SI'I f.hl'' lt1t.1 !I.~!'J1f ('st rlf L7rri (.r f1sj Hill 1. t}ur.u"rit, r'rlrj,pLly •tml ~,h•,11 Lflay f!!r,,~t~.~ jiffs thr'y are tIUC as prUVldrl lr! f~~fi rf rffdf 14,,1 alid !'1.12. I ~r~l 7fi Gi,' I H.'+. L1~~Iir_k'S (lUt;r l1i rt1',p, Ct or pr'Qvidirrl I11+an'1 I1tS dr;rJ ;l 1'vlfllllt~ r'rq nr)( riri'~ SUr'Vty', t'f rsta61ish [i fCr(r'n it p!ilni, ,Yf~ :2t f,tr't'i ire ('r'ay 1',l ~11S I 4 I ,rn+f r. J. I'ild~,raph 4,? f r((~r5 to ,1'ri'~~ I''', t ifyirly r'rl~ IIk lrlfl JV~lil tblr; ~.,i (,(Jr11 ~,~"r lr)( r(, ~Jlr: Ut S,il J!y5 I thi iriv~t l!I it 11J r, rlnrts of uh~'~ui fr,Cr ir,~f ljt~n! F~~lysirdl conlit.irr,.il It h:, I,r ~itlter. ~liSt~ -?f f t11+oI r'It lit, r;I ref tfl' ;;OrF wY,iCh If1Vr' I,rr. ri rr 1 i r+f a„n ~rrl f R 11, jirt''i4tllll~E tf' i7fclllr, l°, nU ',,~iC1I l~ t!li!rt':,. H;. c.l,i c r ' h',IJi1l~y 11 rr 17r_t. j n 11~';1ir~ f.'',t d1', .'1ii+r~'+~a1S is Sf't fOr'tl, irl I~JrdUr'dt'~l ~ i.r', b.`'. In connection with R's ri~lht to stop Veri nr ~~uSI~(nd t, P, "I'l, par,agraphs 13.8 and 15.I. Paragraph 15.2 deals with 01~' E.Iright to terminate services of CONTRACTUR under certain circur~stanr.r,s. AP IICLE - ENGINEERIS STAIUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Owner's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER'S representativ(' during the construction period unless the OWNER advises t~,e CONTRACTOR of other arrangements. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OIWNER's represents tive during construction are t forth in Articles 1 throurlh 17 of these General Conditions and shall not be extended without oritten consent of OWNER and [NSLNELfz. Visits to Site: 9.2. The ENGINEER frill r,iake visits to the site to fji:~ili:'cize himself fp,,rotral ly wi th the pro,'lress and qua) i ty of the `rlrrrk rind 1,r dry terrli ri- in ~jereral if the 4fork, is pruceedinrl in ,iccordonc(: with r.he Crlriirar,,. ro,Lwir„lts. On the ba is of his on- site observatiuns as an ENGINEER, hr. ii II beep the OWNER ir,forrned of the progress of the Work, rind will t-rn-lc'avor to guard the 01o;AY against defects and dr.ficir'ricies in thr~ l of the C0~1lRACTOR, -ihe EiiGINEfR will not 6e r°erluirrd tr, !iake erh~iur,r,iv<~ yr continuous on-site' i nspections to ch(_cl' true rluiIity r,r• qumtity r,f thr, V1ork. Ir'±fiCriL1ons and Irlt'r(irC'tatirfr'is i. 1~II~I!i~{~~ l!!11 I`;S~I!' r!Ili 1~5L) 1,11F I,tr i1 i.r r,l:r 11 n°> nY lrii r.r ,,f i~, t l ,f, ply 11 tr. . I t't ( fI , (,lit'. In i: r) 'nt; in ifn rr;rf hr t';rlurlrjr ?thr rvrtt,r j 1,. r,1J o't rr'Inr' r,r :r drv l;fif;.h sh-111 rit 'rlilh ul r c, rjIjty i~feral,l(~ fl too lr~r~,,il F intOnt 1)r 1h,. rOntrarr, ['r,r.uilr~rlIf 1:U'V1 11 1CF, eIi Jc r.I t a wt f-,n I- lur ~~0 'II'! interpretation entitles hire to 3n increase in thr (e)ntract price, u.,y rlake a clai^r therefor as provided in .';rticlr, 11, I'f Ling Defective Work: `.'A . ENGINI FR wi l l havo authori ty to Iicappr~nvr (j r, r cjcr.,t le,ork a,hir h is defective" (tirhich tQril is hereinafter usr•i r., describe 'Mork It is unsatisfactory, faulty cr defective, UI• r',t conform to the IgIrirenients of the Contract Do,:unents or does not Inrjet the requir°(';lle,rts rl' the Contract Doculr,ents or does not meet the r,equjrr•I,'ienls of any in- '-PQction, test or approval referred to in paragraph 13,7. or has been 1I,1maged prior to approval of final payment). He will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, as provided in pars- i1raph 13.7, whether, or not the Work is fabricated, 'insta,led or completed. 'shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.5. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.21 through 6.215 inclusive. 9.F. In connection with ENGINEER'S responsibility for Change Orders, ,.re A;•ticles 10, 11 and 12. 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities ir1 ri-spect (if Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. lesident Project Representatives: 9 8. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident i'ro,ject Representative and assistants to assist ENGINEER in carrying rout: his responsibilites at the site. The duties, responsibilities and i1mitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative rnd assistants shall be as set forth in the Supploinental Conditions. 14rcisions on Disagrr,ments: 9.9. ENGINEER will be the interpreter of the requirements of the t:nntract Documents and the judgfr of the perforoance thereunder. In his I,.rpaci ty as ioterpret(:r rnd judge ~NGINFI R wi V exec r. ise his best efforts to insure faithful 1~crforranCe by both N11.R ar,f ~Q!iTN~,rii)R, rNGINFLR 011 mot show partiality to either and will m>r. hl, 1i 1;1,? foI' the ro,,!It. Ilf any interpretation or dIn(-iSion render'e(.i in jw)d icirli, (Idi'i IS, disputAS , rn1 othitr matters rcl ltilrq to the execution and pi,rPi0""'s o` the Work r) r the i n to rp re t"! i i pn Of Ur I^ F0 r111-311fe urli?r' the COr CLA t5 ffM-78 GC-11 111~~ra shall Or rcrerr r•d tit EN IM S for d ecis irn; shich he will r n li l in wr?[iml vithin .r reasun ble time. 'I.10, l ithar i)'ANS or YNTRA4.TOR may der'ard rhitrotinu with rtv"Q to any Such llama, dispute or other ratter [hat Ina: h, n re- fr-r ri~ti LL) I ~1t;If F R. OXLC Pt any which have been woivrd Icy th, -ol M, or Ini,VPtdKe 0f POdi payment, a, provided in pii afrph 1 i•.1K, nuch orhiIratio^ to he in arcocdance with Article 1F. nor Miul for Irhitration of ony such f:ldY, dispAw ur otter wattor ooI I hit: rinde until Lila earlier of (a) the ante on which 061MIF h - rrvArred his decision or (b) the tenth (10th) day after the parties hive 1r nsented their evidence to ENGINEER if he has not rendered his written decision before that date. No demand for arbitration shall be made latrr than thirty (30) ddys after the date on which ENGINEER rerdered hip: written decision in respect of the claim, dispute or other matter as ~o which arbitration is sought; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty (30) days' period shall result in YGINELR's decision lon'ng final and binning upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER rendors a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but shall not supersede the arbitration proceedings. except where the decision is acceptable to tfe parties concerned. Limitations on ENGINEER's Responsibilities: 9.11. Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article 9 or elsew'rere in the Contract Documents nor any decision male by him in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any materialran, fabricator, supplier or any of their agents or oppaoyees or any other person perfarniing any of the Work. 9.12. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, nrettods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or tl,E sarety precautions and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the work in a.cordan:e with the Contract Documents. Thn ENGINEER shill have ro responsibility with respect to safety and has no obligation to see that the CONTRAKOh's safety obligations are fulfilled. 0,13. E';'lINM will rot be responsible for th" ann ,r J40n S of COMAt.TOf1, or any Sut,conVnctor, or any of his or thwir agUMts or employeen, or rNy other persons at thu site ur othv rrri %P pc„ ftl, l` Vj ony of the Work. M-!d GI';-13 APIICLE 10 - CNAN(ILS III ME W010, 10.1. Without iwra1ic'ating the Agreerrnent, UvJ'it.P ~nrry, at any tinge "r fr'ur11 tiiile to Lille, order addi'ions, dol(~tiorlS fir rr.Jisioris in th(? lb,r l ; thesr- will hr, lutheri2,_d by Chanjo Orkler-;. Upon receipt of a I IIII~ ie Ord(r, c0v viCi~JR shall proceej with thr, ir,vulved. All h Wort. shall ho eferuted un,~cr the app, icatd conliitions r)f the )III rdct 11110 Urilf?nt5. If my (I)-i'c,e 0rd ei Caus ('S IF I.J;rII"I=.P or de- r.rse in llie Contract Prier? (,,r ,n extension or r~l;.rt~rninrl of the ~(110ract fine, an equitable ~.djusurent will be dc as provided in 1'r r icle 11 or Article 12 on the basis of a clair, ,Mkr, try either party. 10.2. ENGINEER may ai,thorize ninor changes or alt^rations in llir,'Work not involving extra cost or contract time and oot incon- ~l'.tent with the overall -intent of the Contract Documents. Those may b,+ accomplished by a Field Order. If CONTRACTOR believes that any minor charge or alteration authorized b+ ENGINEER entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or Contact Time, he shall not proceed with the work and shall in writing advise the ENGINEER and request a hinge Order. 10.3. Additiorvil Work performed by CONTRACTOR without author- 1,1ation of a Change Order will not entitle him to claim an increase ill the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an cmergency as provided in paragrap1 6.20 and except I', provided in paragraph 13.7. 10.4. OWNER, after consideration and approval, may execute ap- pr°irpriate Chance Orders prepared by ENGINEER cover•iny changes in the Work to be performed as provided in p~iragraph 4.3, and Work performed ir, an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.20 and any other claim of rUNfkACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price r-+hir rr is approved by ENGINEER. Arii lci E 11 - CHANGE Gr CONTRACT PRICE ll.l. The Contrast Price constitutes the total compensation p,ry- aLle to CONTRACTOk for perforating the Work. All duties, responsi- hilitil-s and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shill hr, at iris expense, without change in the Cor,tract. Prico. 11.7. The cUntr,+rt Price ray Only be changed I,,,, ,i Chrnge (IIJ(r. A,/ r 1.0m for an increase in the contract Pr, fce shall be haled on written nr~'.irar delivered to OW`lEk and EiiGI1,1D.1i within ten (101 days; of tier? or.currrnce of the event giving rise to 0e claim, N,-Aire of the aruiunt of the claim with supporting data shall he deliverers within thirty (3C) rl,rys of such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional i&N• M GC-101 a~~r r I1r,rrod of ti,,ie to ascertain accurate J" Gnents in the Contract Price shellcost All for ad- b. deterrr,ineri ty !!~(.;~VEfR if OIW!It and CONTRACTOR cannot othwr6'1 se agreo roc the C,r~le~nl invr>1vod. 11..3. fht' value of c)ny 61nrk (,Covcrf'rt bV ,1 lh3-r^e Ur. l,rlirl for an lr:_roaS(? or df, r(~,3Se iri the (ontr,ir f. Prir.o ()i any 1 riaini'-i in un+ of the fu ilotri,iq r; y,: !c de- f il..`s.1, lJhoro tf,c urk iivoIv,~~.i i; c.o r erl ley unit prices co ntcir,ed in the Contract 11oeu,nts, by application of unit prices to thn quantities of the items involved, unless actual quantiti~2s diffr_r fro[71 hid quantities by tiS(,nty (20 ) perrr,nt. !devised con- sideration will be given to that portion in ex.css Of the twenty (20t)ppercent difference subject to mutual acceptance of a revised 11.3.2 8y mutual acceptance of a lump sum. 11.3.3 On the basis of the actual cost ,!irectly related to the Work plus a Contractor's Fee for overhead and profit in the amount of fifteen (15%) percent. The actual cost shall be limited to: labor, including foremen; materials entering perma- nently into the work; the ownership or rental cost of construction plant and equipment during the time of use on the extra ,pork; power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equip- ment; insurance; and social security and old 1ge and unemploy- ment contributions. 11.4. The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost, will be thu amount of the actual net decrease which decrease shall include a CONTRACTOR's Fee for overhead and profit in the amount of fifteen (P)-11') percent. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the CONTRAITOR's fee of fifteen (15•~') percent shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if ar,y. 11.5. Whenever the cost of any ldork is to h2 deterriined pursuant to paragraph 11.3, CONTRACTOR will submit in form prescribed by ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supportin,t data. A!tf If.E_E 12 - CNANGF OF IhE C0,!iltACT -IN[ 12.1. The Contract Time rri,iy only he ch,irged by a fhan,lo Order. Any clair~ for an er.teision in the Contract Tirre :hall be 6 scd on written flotice delivered to OtdNER and EHGI EER within ten (10) d3ys of the ocnurren~e of thq event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent FAN-78 GC-20 ,!I ine claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty iIn) days of such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an ,oddiLional period ~r I.irre to ascertain inure accurate data. All claim, for adiustrrient rfir:, Contract lime small be determined by ENGINF11) if u';i',Efl and CON- [OR cannot otherwise agree. Any change in the "rontio'.t Tirre re.- ~l+irig frow any sic:h claim sh all be incorporated in o rh,,rye Order. 12.2. The Contract Ti,sr, o-oii] Li, extended irr an •:r,f,j,nt, equal to i, lost duc to delay; beyond th; coriLrol of LO'If;~hC1r'~E if he 'rakes lairs therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Such, +Ji•l,oys shall hide, but not he restricted to, acts or neglc(:t by any separate 1,11tractor employed by OWNER, fires, floods, labor disp,ote%, cpidernics, ,,r acts of God other than weather conditions. No Nrre cxtensions will ht. allowed for weather conditions for Project using calendar days for Ilm Contract Time. 12.3 The CONTRACTOR agrees ttit time is of the essence of this 1,mitract, and that for each day of delay beyond the number of days hur'ein agreed upon for the completion of the work herein specified ,111#1 contracted for (after due allowance of such extension of time as I'. provided for in Article 12) the OWNER may withhold permanently from ills- CONTRACTOR's total compensation, the amount per day set forth in `AJIiplementary Conditions, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages •rml for added expense for engineering services, etc. ANi1CLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARhN-fEE: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 4hrrrti nty and Guarantee: 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER and ENGINEER LheL all rraterials and equipmert will be new unless otherwise specified and that ali Work will be of good quality and Free frcnr fault or defects and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Docuw(cnts and of arrv inspections, tests or approvals referred to in paragraph 13.2. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty or defective Work, and all Work riot conforming to the requirements of the Contract Pocuments at the tine of acceptance thereof or of such inspections, tests or approvals, ,hall be considered defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall I,c given to CONTRACTOR. All defr~ctive Work, whether or not in place, n+ay i,+, rejected, corrected or ac(el'oted as provided in this Article 13. II`i LS rl r~~i Irlspr:CilVfi I1.7. If the Contra_t Ooc:urrtents, laws, ordinances, rulr_s, r,~qu- latiOri" of orders of any l)ublic auth0r°ity hav`ng jurisdiction require F&N-71; GC-21 I I any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by so+r.e public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsihility therefor, pay all casts in connection therewith anO furnish ENGINEER the required cr,rtifieates of inspection, testing or approval. All other inspections, tc,sts and .inprovals required by the Contract Documents shall be per- fwwed by organizations selected by OWNER and the costs thrrr;,of stall brr borne by OWNER unless otherwise specified. 13.3. (.0NIRAC70R shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all inspections, tests or appi-ovals. If any such Work reql;ired so to be inspected, tested or approved is covered e;ithout i'0 itten approval of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation, and such uncovering shall be at f.ONTRACTOR's Pxpunse unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of his intention to cover such Work and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.4. Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons outer than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Access to Work: 13.5. ENGINEER and his representatives and other representatives of OWNER will at reasonable times have access to the Work. COPfTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing thereof by others. Uncovering Work: 13.6. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.7. If ?ny Work has been covered which ENGINEER has not speci- fically requested to observe prior to its being covered, or if ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be inspected or tested, 'I'JNTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all the expcns,~s of such un- covering, exposure, observation, inspection and t,~sting and of satis- factory reconstruction, including coTipen~,rition for additional prrjfessional ;r,r'vice's, and an appfi,prlate deductive' Cnanye Order shall I,~ iss;id If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, C0N1hl,CTGh ,hail FAN-7B GC-22 I11lowcd an increase in the Contract Price nr' an extr,wAorl of the -,ioract fii1re, or both, directly attributable to such urrnvcring, exposure, "I''-orvatlon, inspection, testing and reconstruction if hr' rn P,pr's a claim 1111'refor as provikk~d in Articles 11 and 12. r blay Stop the WovF : 13.8. If the lelork is rrofrctive, or CONTRAf;Tfrlt f; i1-. ru Ojpply Of icient skilled vrirr4.iien o- suit,rhle r1~10,rials r!r elluil~lif [it , ur fails ~onforrn to the progress sr.hedule re(juited by far•rrlrafh 14.1, or i~ ~UVMCTOR fails to make prompt pay! eats to Suhr_ontr.,~;tr,rs or fnr i1hro-, materials or equip-~ent, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the rrh, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been ldIminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work, shall not IIlve rise to any duty on the part of OWNER 'o exercise this right for Ihn benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. (olrection or Removal of Defective Work: 13.9. If required by ENGINEER prior to approval of final payment, fONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by HOOKER, either correct any defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Wor< has been rejcc-ted by ENGINEER, romhve it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. If IIINIRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace slah rejected Work within a reasonable time, all as specified in a written notice from ENGINEER, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected rr' the rejected Work rerroved and replac%d. All direct or indirect r=tits of such correction or removal and replacement, including compen- ',mLion for additional professional services, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR, drrl an appropriate deductive: Change Order shall be issued. CONTRACTOR ',hdll also t ar the expenses of making good all Work of others destroyed rrr damaged by his correction, removal or replacement of his defective Work. Ono Year Correction Period: 13.10. If, after the approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year thereafter or such lonner period of time as ,tidy be prescribers by law or by the terms of any applicable special rfuarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRAC'rOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in dr.!Ordaice with G'r'NER's written instructions, either rorrel-t such d,A(,r:tive or, if it ha,, been rejected by 0.4111R, t+•Iiave it frorl lhr site and replare. it with nondefective Wovk. If (0'iTRAC1UR dyes nut promptly co'nply with the terms of such instru,'tions, O'A ER rly have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work reeved and FAli -18 GC-23 i rrjplaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal -,nd re- placement, including compensation for additional professional services, sh,rll be paid by CONTRACTOR. Al c.,rptance of Defective Work: 13.11. If, instead of requiring correction or removal '111d replace- !!(,fit of defective Work, OWNER prefers to ac(ept it, he may dri %O. In .uch case, if acceptance occurs prior to approval of final poyilvUit, a (hanye Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary rgvisio ms in the Contract Documents, including appropriate reduction in the Con- tract Price; or, if the acceptance occurs after approval of final Day- 'Tent, an appropriate arrount shall be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNf:R. Neglected Work by Contractor: 0.12. If CONTRACTOR should fail to prosecute the Work in accordaace with the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, OWNER, after seven (7) days' written notice to CONTRACTOR may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and the cost thereof (including compensation for addition:,' professional services) shall be charged against CONTRACTOR in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the dif- ference to OWNER. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS AND COMLLETION Schedules: 14.1. At least ten (10) days prior to submitting the first Appli- cation for a progress payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit a progress schedule, a final schedule of Shop Drawing submission and a schedule of values of the Work. These schedules shall be satisfactory in form and sub- stance to ENGINEER. The schedule of values shall include quantities and unit prices aggregating the Con'ract Price, and shall subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for Progress payments during construction. Upon approval of the schedules of values by ENGINEER, it shall be incorporated into tfr form of Af~plicaticn for Payrent furnished by ENGINEER. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least tE.n (10) days before each progress payment falls due (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to FAN - lfi GC-24 Itlr'Ifiltrt r,~'~ review an Application for Payment on a tr,fm supplied by the 0"6: r f Ile,l out and certified by CONTRACTOR cov(,rinn the Work cc)xpleted I; of tr.. I•,1e r,f the Application. II' payment is rr,r;rr~,l'r;d on the basis rrf d rrquipmernt not incorporated in the P',r~ but delivered •,1 ,red at the site, the Application for I•iynont shall also i„ J. n, i,~,I kv %uch data as required by OWFII k. I ;r i, subs equent Appl i - ~timn shall ;71s^ include an affidavit of r.YHRACiOR stating ghat ,k11 F1ytiil ~ql~rlf( rjC, 1lonts reCe'11'ed on ar'cniirit, ruf the ;fork have charyr: ;n full al I of COMPACFOk'r, oldigations reflected rl hr iron Al, 1,1 fr •rl ions for Payment. The CONTRACTOR sli:, 1 1 certify on each fl)pIii.I1 L,n 1'.rynent that the Work pcrforried to flotr• cr,mplies with he (out f )I i, ~„lrents. Contr(A, 141, Watointy of Title: I.I I (OIjIRACTOR warrants and guarantees that ti tie to all Work, materiol•, w,d rquipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorpur•,rlrrf in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER at the time of payment troy and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumb- ranct,s Ow"cinalfcr in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens"). Approval cif Payner,ts. 14.4. ENG11orrk will, within ten (10) days after receipt of each Applitaiiii n for Payment, either indicate in writing his approval of payment d"d lict-,viit the Application to OWgt n C I% , or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indic.itIn, in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the lalir'r case, CONTRACTOR may rake the necessary corrections and resubmit the Apllllr(ition. OWNER shall, within ten (10) days of presentatir)n to him or the approvrd Application for Payment, pay CONTRACTOR the amount applo: vI by ENGIi11IR less ten (107,) percent of the amount thereof which shall 1w rr~taine,] until Final Payment and less all other sums that may be rtri:cinrd by the OWNER as set forth in the Contract Documents. 1.1.1,. ENGINHR 's approval of any payment requested in an Application for 10%~ viotiL will constitute a repo -,entation by him to OW14F.R, based on LNGLNtiit,S on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and tlualified desirln professional and on his review of the Application for i;r~urtnt and ihr, accompanying data and schedules that the Work has Pr'cJ~ ~rd to tht (mint indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, infoi,+,if iun and bel inf, the quality of the Work is if accordance with the IOIOr~,rct 1)ocu~~+nts (subject to an evalrrif;ion of t.hc ',fork as a funetiooing Piro,,,, 1 upon `.~EII,',t,ini_1~11 COrI)1et1UL, to thi. r'E?salts of F/ sub5flrllJf.,nt te.(1• 1,1111d fur ire tho Contract UuCUlrlents and r,ny q~ial fications stated in her. aPNr'uval); and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payr"r,rnt of the amount appio ,,i. 11ov.evr:r, by appr)viml any such payment ENGI'~''k will rot thereby r&N-r';' GC-25 be deemed to have represented that he made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or the quantity of the Work., or trrt he has reviewed the means, methods, techniques, sequenr.ns, and pro- cedures of corutrucLion, or that he has made any examination to ascertain }row or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid or to b2 Laid to him oil account of the Contract Price, or that title tc 3ny Work, c~,Oorials or, equipment has passed to O'XiER free and clew of ony'Liens. 14.6. ENGINEER may refuse to approve the whole or any part of my payllWrnt if, in his opinion, it wo:ild be incorrect to maize such representations to ir,,I~ER. lie may also refuse to approve any such payment, or because of ubsequently discovered evidence or the +esult~ooedsub~egUChte~eDctions or `ests, nullify a,)y such payment previously approved, as oay be necessary in his opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14. .1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.6.2. claims or Liens have been filed or there is reason- able cause to believe such may be filed, 14.6.3. the Contract Price has been reduced because of Modifications, 14.6.4. Or:NER has been required to correct defective Work or complete the V;ork in accr,eionce with paragraph 13.11, or 14.6.5. of unsatisfacL.,ry prosecution of the Work, including failure to furnish acceptable submittals or to clean up. 14.6.6. reasonable indication that the Work will rot be completed withir the Contract Time, 14.6.7. reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Substantial Completion: 14.7. Prior to final payment, CONTRACTOR may, in writing to OWNER and ENGINEER, certify that the entire Project is substantially complete and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall ,,rake an inspection of the Project to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Project substantially complete, he will notify fONTRACTOR in writing giving his rr:,asons therefor. If ENGIh.ER considers the Project substantially coniNlete, he will prepare and deliver F&N-78 GC-26 J to, O'nNf_R a tentative certificate of Substantial Ccwlpletior, which shall six the date of Substantial Completion and the responsihiIilic-s between 11',NNER and CONTRA„i'OR for ~naintonance, heat and utilities,. There shall 1,1, attachold to the certificate a tentative list of to ter- -rimplonf d correctril before final payment, and the certificate Jml I f i oi. the iin~e with111 'Kfiich such itei;~s shall be completed or co?-It, 1.d, 5.,i' t; Iii be within the 61 t Tii:e. 04ik 01111 hive sevr.,~, 1 rlay,. c.. ~rcipt of the tentative certificate durirI~l which he writ er,tion u ENGINEER as to any provisions of the ~ertifi,.te or „r, ist. If, after corisidc2rintl such objections, LN'GiNE0 (1,n; Iuder thr, flint Project is not substantially complete, he will within fi, irteer. Olys after submission of the tentative certificate to 014Yk ~ rrtify r.011T,.rin- In writing, stating his reasons therefor. If, after con;ii ticn of IMNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the PROJECT suhstanti, ly complnfr, hrt will within said fourteen (14) days execute and deliver to ,'w1NER and (i1NTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion ;with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting (rich change,, from the tentative certificate as J. believes justified after consideration of an), objections from OWNER. The failure of the lNGINEER to include any items on such tentative list of items to be completeri rloe., r~ir': alter the responsibility of the CONTRACiGR to r.n,,plete all Work In accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.8. OWNER shall have the right to excl;ud- CONIRAUOR from the 1'r-oject after the date of Substantial Completi t)uf CWrtF:R shall allo.+ I ONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or r ti _t tE•r ; -in th2 tentative l fst.. Partial Utilization; 14.9. Prior to final payment, O'AFR may F~CTOP in writing trr permit him to use a spe,.ified part of the Pro j; r,t_ i.,-irh lu, 1- lieves I; may use without significant interference with ron;tructinn of the nl.her parts of the Project. If CC:iTRACTOR agrees, hr, will cerl.ity t(, NNER and ENGINEER that said part of the Project is ,ti,tarrt:ial)y r;m- ;rlete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of 'rt,st-,r;tial rnletion fur that part of the Project. Uithin a r?asonablr t4i thercaft, r rii!NEP,, (ONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall NAC an inspection of that I;~,rt of tr,o~, t'roject to determine its status nf co lrlrLion . If EP!GINFEit dress not ,(insider that it is substant Tally complr~tc, hr- will notify OY!IEk and Ct1NiRACTOR in writing givinfi his re~sor,; therefor. If ENGi!i FR corsi~;r lh,rt Fart of the Project to '~r- ;±i b;f.rrIi cor;Ietin . he will ii in;l deliver to OWNfP and rf.fifO1' + r,r•Iif icat,, to ;lilt r.,'ito ~ firir the date of ,ubstar'.i31 C, irto thilt h,;rt of the ,.r toching tht~reto a tentative list r,t itefns to be completed or ci_rrrr,-r,f,j before final payn~..nt an,i fixin;i tKe, responsibility between OleiiAk ir:l Fblt-78 GC-27 CONTRACTOR for maintenance, heat and utilities c~:; to that part of tine Project. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR f, any part hl Rrreason~~Allo~baccessttotcor~~plete~' s so of the Put w,ich allow RCONTRACTO ct_ but or r.orroct items on the tentative list. final Inspection: written notice from CONTRACTOR that the Proiscr, is 1Spe nn c01+1i,lete, ENGINEER CONTRACTORkinawrfinl itingiofpalliparticularJsERinawhich ~hisTOR and will notify inspection reveals that the Work is incor;plete or defective. CONTRACT shall immediately tale such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. j Final Application for Payment: 14,11. After rONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER uarantees, aBonds mcertificatesnof pinspectgion instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other don -all arlbowine Cootract make application for final payment payments. The final Application for Paymenc si,all be accompanied by such data and schedules as OWNER may reasonably require, together with complete and arising effective .`ocl,ments andtthealabor andOW+iEp) of all all l Liens ar g services per;ormed and the material and equir)ment furnished thereunder. In lieu thereof and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts rel re ei tssinclude`01 labor,iservices,Cmaterial andaequipmentrforswh1i~h a a Lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, material and equipment n hills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for wtich O'lJNER or his property raicht in any way be responsible have been paid or anyrwise satisfied; and consent of the Surety, if any, to final pment. If Subcontractor, r teinafull, CONTRACTOR mays furnish aabondtof othcnccollateral release or receipt satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify him against any Lien. A{{rroval of Final Payment: 14.12. if, on the bfinaloirspectionrandihrisareviewiof thetfinelrk during construction, his iication for Pay~ent - all ir+spection and his review of the final ~t1G1NEER is satisfied that the rr-quired by the Contract Documents, York has been (:)mpleted and CONTRACTOR has fulfilled all of his obligation: t Q!1-1tt GC-26 it ruder tlhr Ell{rtract Documents,, he will, within ten (10) day, after receipt rrf Lho Hurl Application for Payment, indicate in writing his approval rrl P3YN-111 +rrd present the Application to OWNER for payment. There- upon LNG&Ito will give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that Ihn Wurk K a(ceptable subiject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. utherwite, ho will return tie Application to CONTRAC M , indicating In writir;r I„s reasons for refusing to approve final payment, in which r-);e l ONjlij1r 1l1R ;hall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the APplica000 OWNER shall, within ten (10) days of presentation to him of an approved final Application for Payment, pay CONTRACTOR the amount +Ppi"vcd by ENGINEER. 14.11 11 after Substantial Completion of the Work final com- pletion lot rof is materially delayed through n5 fault of CONTRACTOR, and ENGINIIP so confirms, OWNER, upon certification by ENGINEER, and without tall inating the Agreement, may make payment of the balance doe for thnl portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaininp balance for r)rk not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnlnhvd as required in paragr Ph 5.1, the written consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully compmeted and accepted shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to tho MINUN prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall It hullo under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that It shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Contrartor'n (:ontinuing Obligation: 14.14. CONTRACrOR's obligation to perform t:he Work and complete the Pry oc t in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither approval of any progress or final pas ent by ENGINEER, nor the in•"ancv of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any pay- menL by MIR to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use ur rrcuup,rncy of the Pro,)Ect or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of T(v t.ancQ by GWNER ncr any failure tc do so, nor any correction of dVtVQ ive work by OWNER shall constitute an acceptance of Work not in atrnrdance with the Contract Documents. Waiver !.laims: Ii.I~J' The making and acceptance of final payment shall consvi- tutc a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those provtously made in writing and still unsettled. Y AN - h; GC-29 ir~i +kI1C1E i.r, - S11"IMNS104 OF WORD'. AND TERMINATION Owner May Suspend Work: 15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR end ENGINEER which shall fix the date or which Work shall be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR mzy be allowed an increase in the' Contract Price or an extension of tte Contract Time, or both, directly attribitable to any suspension if he makes a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Owner May Terminate: 15.2. If CONTRACTOR is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes zi general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for CONTRACTOP or for any \ of nis property, or if he files a petition to take advanta,^ of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or similar laws, or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or su-t- able materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having ,jurisdiction, o'. if he disregards the authority of ENGINEER, or if he otherwise violates and, provision of thn Contract Documents, then OWNER may, without prejudice to any other right or refiedy and after giving CONTRACTOR and his Surety seven (7) days' written noticeI terminate the services of CONTRACTOR and take possession of the Project ar;d of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery 'hereon owned by CONTRACTOR, and finish the Work by whatever mel;hod he may d,oem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall riot be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. it the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the including compensatioCONTRACTORn for adr,itional professional services, if such costs exceed suet: unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference t~n~W iinRorporated in costs a incurred Ghdnye Order. shall be deterr,ined by ENGINEER 15.3. l;he r! CONTRACIOR's services have been so terminated t,y O41'JEP, said terminations shall not affect any rights of O'r1NER against (ONIRAJG R then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of;+oneys by OWNER due CONTRACTOR will not release C011TPACTOR frog lability. FP,N- 78 GC-30 Ililon seven (7) days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGI- Illllt, Olrlnf niay, without cause and without prejudice to any other right nr rcK, 1, alec,l, to abandon the Project and terminate thn Agreement. In such „yaa, (ONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and any rri,cnse ,+,,1ainerl plus a reasonable profit. ( witrdc(ur tt.iy Slop Work or Terminate: 1•'•') If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is ~ljspendua I11r a period of more than ninety (90) days by OWNER or under ,in order rrf court, or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Appllc:aticrn for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is Y,uhmitt4-1 1 r,r OWNER fails to pay CONTRACTOR any sum approved by ENGINEER or awar,ivl by arbitrators within thirty (30) days of its approval and presentalloo, than CONTRACTOR may, upon seven (7) days' written notice t-0 OWNIk nfid ENGINEER, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment fill all Work executed and any expense sustained plus a reason- M)le pr+rlll,. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement, If ENGINIIN has failed to act on an Application for Payment or OWNER has failr-fl to make any payment as aforesaid, CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) day,;' notice to OWNEk and ENGINEER stop the Work until he has been paid all nmaunts then due. ARTICt1 if. - ARBITRATION 111,1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or the breach thereof except for clafnis which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment o5 provided by paragraph 14.15, shall be sutxmitted to arbitra- tion at the request of either party to the dispute. The parties may agree Morn one arbiter, otherwise, there shall be three, one named in writirr; by each party, and the third chosen by the two arbiters so selv,tcd; or if the arbiters fail to select a third within ten (10) days, hr shall be chosen by a District Judge serving the County in which Ihrr major portion of the Project is located, unless otherwise speciIf Ivd, Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an artitt,r within tern (10) days of the demand, his right to arbitrate 1 shall Inpse, and the decision of the ENGINEER shall be final and binding on hiim. Should the other party fail to choose an arbiter within ten (10) ,My,, the ENGINEER shall appoint such arbiter. Should either party r0 use ar neglect to supply the arbiters with any papers or in- forviatIor1 dernandrd in writing, the arbiters are empowered by both partite, Io toke vx party proceedings. The arbiters shall act with pro,iiptrrr,,,s, The decision of any two shall be binding on both parties to the iontract. The decision of the arbiters upon any question sub- rnitted to arbitration under this contract shall be a condition M-Iii GC-31 r precedent to any right of legal action. The decision of the arbiter or arbiters may be filed in court to carry it into effect. The arbiters, if they .Deem thc, case demands it, are authorized to award the party who<.e contention is sustained, such sums as they deem ioro f pper for the t iinr , expense and trouble incident to he app. w11. taken without reasonable cause, they may award damages for any ,I,-l(ry occasioned thereby. The arbiters shall fix their own compensatiun, unlr-,.s otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the cost and char3es of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbiters must be made in writing. 16.i. CONTRACTOR will carry on the Work and naintain the prog'r'ess sr,hrdule during any arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise agreed by him and 01ANER in writing. AM ICtE 17 - MISCEIt-ANEOJS Giving Notice: 17.1• Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice it shall be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a mcniber (if the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended , or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, p 1 pre- paid, to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. Computation of Tine: 17.2. When a period of time is referred to in the Contract Docu- ments by days, it shall be computed to exclude the first and include , the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation. General: copii-; furnisheolhr: 17.3. All Specifications, Drawings Y and by FNGINEER shall remain his property. Project, and, with the exception of those sets !ghich have been signed in connection with the execution of the Agreeient, shall be returned to him on request upon completion of the Project. 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed b; these General Con- ditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder, and, in particular GC-32 f&N-7E but witlu,ur limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations Imposed Upon CONTRACTOR by paragraph, 6.28, 13.1, 13.10 and 14.3 and the right: and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINH R thereunder, :hall be lr; additior to, and shall not be construed 1., any way as a limitation,(); any H ghts and remedies available to them which are rtherwise Imposed or available by law, by special guarantee or by other lolOvision-, of the Contract Documents. 17.5. The Contract documents shall be governed by the law of the place of the Project. FAN-78 GC-33 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDIJIGNS 1. SOILS TESTING LOG BORES: Subsurfeca exploration to ascertain the nature of soils, including the amount of rock, if any, is the responsi- bility of any and all prospective bidders. It shall be the responsi- bility of the bidders to make such subsurface investigations as he deems necessary to determine the nature of the material to be encountered. 2. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT: The Engineer will provide at the site of the work horizontal control in the form of a base line or grid reference points and vertical control in the form of bench marks. From the con- trols established by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete layout of the work and for establishing lines and elevations as needed during construction. The Contractor shall furnish at his own expense labor, including the services of competent personnel, equipment, including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, templates, platforms, tools, and materials as may be required for 'laying out any and all parts of the work. The Engineer will be available for assis- tance in an advisory capacity. 3. INSURANCE: The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Paragraph 5.3 of the General Conditions and shall, at his own expense, purchase, maintain and keep in force such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which ms arise out of or result from his operations under this Cont"act, whether such operations are by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them iy be liable: 3.1 Such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims under statutory Workmen's Compensation laws, disability laws or such of"er employee benefit laws as will fulfill the re- quirements of the jurisdiction in which the work is to be performed. Such insuran:e will be amendeu to provide coverage for multiple jurisdictions and other such indicated coverages (U.S. Longshoremens and Harbor Workers, Admiralty, etc.) as may be applicable. 3.2 Such insurance as will protect the Contractor for damages be- cause of bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of his employees apart from that imposed by Workmen's Compensation laws with such insurance having a minimum limit of liability of not less than $500,000.00. 3.3 Such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims f-v: damages because of bodily injury, personal injury, sickness, disease or death with minimum limits of liability of not less than $500,000.00 each occurrence and $530,000.00 aggregate. SC-1 3.4 Such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims for damages for injury to or destruction of tangible property of others, including loss of use thereof. Such coverage shall include Br,)ad Form Property Damage and removal of XCU exclu- sions where applicable. The minimum limits of liability shill be $500,000.00 per occurrence and $500,000.00 aggregate. 3.5 Such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims for damages arising out of the maintenance, operation, or use of any owned, non-owned or hired vehicles. Minimum limits of liability for bodily injury and property damage combined shall be not less than $500,000.00 each occurrence. 3.6 Property insurance upon the entire work, includiny matf;rials not in place at the site to the full insurable value hereof. All Risk Builder's Risk Insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractor and Spob-subcon- tractors in the work and shall include, but not !je limited to, the perils of fire, lightning, flood, collapse; windstorm, hail, explosion, riot, civil commotion, amok:, aircraf4, land vehicles, vandalism and malicious mischief. The Builder's Risk Insurance shall be endorsed to permit ocnupancy prior to completion of construction and prior to acceltmnce by the Owner. A copy of the Builder's Risk Policy shall be filed with the Owner and shall include a thirty (30) day notice of cancellation of policy provision. 3.7 Steam boiler and machinery insurance if such equipment is operated for other than te.t purposes prior to final accep- tance of the work by the Owner. This insurance shall include tho interests of the Sub- subcontractors in the Mork. The insurance required by this Paragraph 3, Paragraphs 3.3 and 3.4 above shall be amended to afford coverage for: Products Liability and/or Completed Operations, Blanket 9road Form Contractural Liability specifically covering the indemnification assumed by the Contractor under this agreement. Watercraft or aircr:,ft liability, whether owned, non-owned or hired, shall be 1 included. Such insurance as is required under this Paragraph 3 shall be written so that the Owner will be notified in writing, in the event of cancellation, restrictive amendment or non-renewal at least thrity days prior to such action. Certificates of Insurance on the form attached to this Section shall be filed with the Owner prior to the commencement of the work. All insurance required under this Paragraph 3 shall be written with the City of Denton as co-insured, and the City shall receive a duplicate copy of every insurance o^licy required. SC-2 The stated limits of insurance required by this Paragraph 3 are MINIMUM ONLY and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine what limits are adequate. These minimum limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits, In any event, the Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arisiud out of, resulting from or connected with operations under this contract whether or not said losses are covered by insurance. The Owner's acceptance of Certi- ficates of Insurance that in any respect do not comply with the Contract requirements does not release the Contractor from Compliance herewith. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent their interests are covered by insurance under this Section, except such rights as they may have to the pro weds " such insurance when held by the Owner as trustee. The Contractor shall require Fimilar waivers by Subcontractors and Sub-sub- contractors. 4. RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: The Owner has retained the Engi- neer to provide a resident. project representative during the construc- tion phase of this project. In general, the authority of the resident project representative is as set forth in Attachment A which is included immediately following these Supplementary Conditions. 5. 07HER UTILITIES: The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for any other utility requirements in connection with the project. 6. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: Performance and payment bonds in the amount of not less than o hundred percent (100X) of the .ontract price conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract, and upon payment of all persons supplying labor or furnishing materials, will be required upon the forms which are a part of the Contract Docu- ments. Bonds shall be execrlted by a surety company acceptable to and approved by the Owner, authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable for under,•rriting of risks as indicated by the latest revision, Treasury Department Circular 510, listing companies holding certificates f authority from the Secretary of the Treasury as ac- ceptable sureties on Federal bonds. 1. SlHEOUtE OF CONSTRUCTION: The Owner desires that the project be completed 'is saon as po~srbl and consideration will be given in the award of contract to the completion date bid. Tho Owner prefers that the project be complete prior to June 1, 1980 although consideration will be given to all bid dates given, In the event the contractor fails to complete the entire project w'.th the tim-: set forth in the Proposal, the Owner may withheld money permanently from the Contractor's total compensation of a sum of $150.00 per day as liquidaVA damages and for added expenses for engineering services, etc., in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The Owner will be the sole jud^,e as to whether the work has been completed if) the allotted time. END OF SUPPI.EMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-3 M CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Issued To: nor Address: THIS IS TO CERTIFY to (Owner) that the following po c es o nsu~ rance, subject to the Or terms, conditions and exclusions, have been issued by this Company covering the insured named below for the types of operations and at the locations de- scribed herein. It is understood and agreed that none of the policies referenced herein will be cancelled, changed, or reduced in coverage with- out at least (30) thirty days advance written notice to the - (Owner) at the above address. 1. Name of Insured: 2. Address: 3. Status of Insured: Corporation; Partnership Individual Other 4. Location of Operations Covered: 5. Description of Operations Covered: THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NEITHER AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMENDS, EXTENDS OR ALTERS THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESIGNATED HEREIN. L Uit(;►: INSURANCE I ULICII;S IN I A INSURANCE APT-011I)rU ONLY I701( IIA'l.A11)IS IN))ICA'ri:!) r,'Y (x) Type or Polity x Lcnics of FALduy MN - Poliicy No. Mlicr Tim (a) Standard Wnrkmen's Cosnpca;ation stalutnry W. C, Nora: & I'mploycr's and Occupational Lach Occuncnce To: Discase Vabildy Ar:,rer.,le Nwase (b) Laneshorcincrs's& llaiborWolkcrs Slatulory Isom. Con~pcnution To: (c) Gcntr.l Liability ('rpm: IJoddy lerury To: 1'renls<s - Opcntion Cacti rerson s.- Conlsatloi s Protcclivc Cacti Occurrcnce S I'Ioduels& Completed Opetstlons ArErcrate 1'104uels S Conlnch•al & Cosnplclcd %imlions 190Ltriv (!smare rails ()ccumnee Franlxs Opclation Arrreralc Prem. Uper. ContcactoPs Plolectise Arracratc J'totctlilc S~ Products k Completed Operations Arperate Products & Completed Opetatlorrs Conttaclue Ar ictatoContractual S_- T,splotlon, l'oltapse A Under~oun! OamVl W.C.U.) --y Arrrerahe X.C.U. (d)Aulprnobilc LLlrility ` - from: - nodr7y ln)oly 70: Owned AuIof sol,ilcl DO) Poison f.-- Iliad Aworncbuts; Ron )wnrd Mslumobil:s Each Occurrcnce f Propcriy Danul s O,wr,cd Automnb0cs JWed Aulonsotiies richOccunenca f Non4ownscd Au'or,)obilc I (c)SuAl nsutpncq CONTOCTUAL LIABILITY Subject to policy terms, conditions and exclusions, specifi. Contractual Liability coverage is provided a.; follows: For liability assured by the insured under its Contract with ^ (Orlmr) for the operations &scribed herein. All Corltrac~s between the Insured and _--(OM:nc•r}, By: nsurarlce1opany 0horized-ltep"rexent'5T ve Date: Addres~ AT I., IiMEN'f A .Duties, Responsibilities and Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative A. central. Resifent Frulect Representative is ENOINEER's Agent, will act as lirected by and under iFe supervision of ENGI NEE R, and will confer with ENO INFER regarding his actinns. Resident project Rep restnwive's dealings in matters peiiaining to the on-site Work shall in general be only with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, and dealings with subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowicdge of CONTRACTOR, Wriven comrnunication with OWNER will be only through or as directed by ENGINEER. 8. Ducks and Responsibilities. Resident Project Representative will 1. Scheduler: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawlnj submfssione and scimclule of valses prepared by CONTRACTOR and consult with ENGINEER concerning their aeeeplabiliiy. 2. Cogfrrences; Attend preco.ristruction conferences. Arrange it schedule of progress m! .tir,gs tnrl other job conferences as required in conauitatlon with ENGINEER and notify those expected to attend in sdvance. Attend meetings, and tnainisin and circulate cor>fe► of mfautes thereof. 3. Vcison. a. Serve as ENGINEER's, liaison with CONTRACTOR, working principally through CONTRACTOR's superinien, dentand assisthrmin understandingthe intent oftheConlract Documents, Assist ENGINEER in serving as OWNER s liaison with CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR's operations affau OWNi'R's on-site operatons. b. As requested by ENGINEER, assist In obtaining from OWNER additional details or Wmiration, when required at the job site for prortr execution of the Work. Shop Drawings and Samplej: a. Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples, receive saciplts wtdch are furnished at the site by CONTRACTOR, and notify ENGINEER of their availability for examination. b. Advise ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR or its superintendent imrntdiately of the ;omme"ement or any work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by ENGINEER. 1. P.Mew of Work, Refection of Defec Live 1Vnrk. lruprrrinnr and Trarr: a, Conduct on-site observations ofthe Work in progreis to a%skl ENGINE ER in dclcfmining ifthe Work Is proceeding In accordance with the Contract Dueuw enu, and that completed Work will conform to she Contract Documents b. Report to ENGINEER whenever he believes that any Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or doer nrl conform to the Contract D tcumeuts, or does not meet the scquirements of any impeci iors, tests or approval rcquircd to be made or has been damacel prior to 5r.1 payment; and advise ENGINF.EF when he btliever Work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires specfal'emir g, inspection or approval e. Verify that tests, equipment aril systems startups and operating and ntarntenance instructions are conducted m required by the Contract Documen's anti in presence of the required personnel, and that CONTRACTOR maintains adequate records thereof; ohscrve, record and rcl~ort to ENGINFER apprelfiate details relative to the Zest procedures and startups, d. Accompany visiting inspectors re,nrescminP rubtk or other agencies having jurisdicrion over the Projccl. record the outcome of these Inspcvions And report to ENGINEER. Q 1979 by Narixnat society r.t Prnressinnal Lnrineer+.:P:9 K St., pt W . %Vashinsron. D C. Ma NSPEJACEC+ASi I, Puhticatnon No. IV INI-A ty7v I dn~,n aa>_ d. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Transmit to CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents. 7. Modjf ratiorti: Consider and evaluate CON'rRACT0'A's suggestions for modificaticns in Drawings or Sixcificstions and report them with recommendations to ENGINEER. g. Recordr: a. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports or job coreerences, Shop Drawings and iLamplrs submissions, reproduc?ions of original Contact Documents incittding all addenda, change orders, field orders, sddi- tional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, ENGINE.ER's ciarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, and other Project relz;ed documents. b. Keep a diary or log book, recording hours on th; job site, weather cundi;ions, data relative to questions of extras or deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives of manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers and disiritmfors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detatT as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to ENGINEER. c. Record names, addresses ttnd telephone aumbers of all CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment. 9. Reporli: a. Furnish ENGINEER periodic reForis as required of progress orthe Work and CONTRACTOR's compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing submiselors. b. Consult with ENGINEER in rdvance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important pha>es of the wor%. c. Report Immediately to ENGINEER upon the occurrence of any accident. :4. Payment Requtifrfoni: Review applications for payment with CONTRACiOn for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to ENGINEER, noting particularly their t relation to the schedule of velum, Work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incor- porated in the Work. 11. Cerrjficatri, Mufntenance and Operation Manuafr: During the courscof the Work, verify that certificates, m.inlenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled spd furnished by CONIRACTOR are appiicabie to the items actually Installed; and deliver this material to ENGINEER for his review +rni forwarding to OWNER prior to Anal acceptance or the Work. 11. Comprerion: a. Before ENGINEER issues a CcrtiAcate of Substantial Completion, submit fo CONTRACTOR a list of observed j items requiring completion or correction. b. Conduct Anal Insixction In the company of ENGINEER, OWNER and CONTPACTOR and prepare a final list of 1 items to be completed or corrected. 1 c. Verify that a!l items on final list have been completed or corrected and make n °.ommendatior, to ENGINEER i concerning acceptance, I 1 C. UmNatioas of Auiltorhy. Except upon written instuictions of ENGINEER, Resident Project Representative: 1. Shall not authorise any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any subsritute malcriels - r equipment. 1. Shall not exceed limitations on ENGiNEER'a authority as set forth In the Contract Documents. J. Shal!not underlakeany of the responsibilities ofCCNTRACTOR.subcontractors or CONTRACTOR'ssuperintendent, orexr:dite the Work. i. Shall not advise on or little firealons relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, seguenceA or prxedures of construction unlsss such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. S. Shall not advice en or issue directions as to safety precautions and programs In connection with the Work. 6. Shall not alnhonte OWNER to txct:py the Project;n whole or in part, 1. Shall riot ps ikl"le in specialized field or laboratory rests. rn yu<d bt , r r,n"16 l~ mr . ,,maul Uri uRk m. l n Trn.nrt 11~401+r11 by huh wm b E RN".rrllt H w. hN I" IJWhIKI t, RIJnR at,M NIIN"nJ%MWIF Of l'mhtuoRtl rnr Mt I I. ARV ftKCOR{, rime F6PW In CeM it Am N'S [if rr of 0,11 Erp*frt a~naalaaresa*s .1•'.rwwr..~..,r.~w +~wq~.!~^~~'~nv~+r^~w~e+,*.+-~:.9 y'rl"°r~' f~,M e, v, 1'7~p ~t~i~5~~~1• 4 ,h ~:5 i h Deta,i Speclffcatlons i SECTION 1A - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF WORK: The work involved under this co~)tract consists of the furnishing of all materials, tools, equipment, transportation, services, and all labor and superintendence necessary for the construc- tion and completion of chemical feed facilities for the City of Denton Water Treatment Plant. The work is comprised of construction of a chemical feed building, chemical storage tank pad and furnishing and installing chemical feed systems for liquid alum and caustic. The chemical feed system, when completed, shall be in operating condition and all equipment shall function properly. 2, MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER: No materials will be furnished by the Owner. 3. EXCESS EARTH: Excess earth from the various excavations (earth not required for backfill or embankment) shall be disposed of by the Con- tractor at no additional e<pense to the Owner. 4. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION: Excavation will be unclassified. It shall be the responsibilTty of the bidder to make such subsurface in- vestigations as he deems necessary to determine the nature of material to be excavated, 5. GUARANTEE: The contractor shall guarantee all equipment, materials and workmanship provided under this contract to be free of defects for a period cf one year from the date of written acceptance by the Owner. Damage due to acts u'," God or fru'i sabotage and/(,r vandalism are specifi- cally exempted from this guarantee. Diring this period the Contractor shall make any repairs and/or replacements of defective materials and corrections due to poor workmanship, all as may be required for full compliance with these sp?cifications. This guarantee Fhall apply to all matters reported by the Owner in writing within said one (1) year period and this guarantee shall be covered by the extension of tine Performance Bond. 6. DRAWINGS AND OTHER DATA REQUIRED OF HE CONTRACTOR: The Contractor Shall Submit to the Engineer six (6) copies eacia of all shop and erec- tion drawings and schedules, schematic or system diagrams, outline and foundation or attachment drawings, data sheets, catalog cuts, bulletins, or other descriptive material as is customary or as nay be specifically required by the Engineer for each of the following items: a. Concrete forms and falsework b. Concrete reinforcing steel c. Structural steel, handrails, gratings and other metal special- ties d. Piping and supports e. Valves and gates f. Architectural specialties, windows, aoors, plumbing, hareware, etc, g. Chemical feed pumps and appurtenances h. Other items as required by Engineers. IA-! Each copy of each shop drawing shall have a stam, affixed by the Con- tractor, with handwritten initials and date, stating that drawing has been checked by Contractor (giving Contractor's narao) and found to be in compliance with contract plans and specifications. The drawings or other rtjuired descriptive material will be ,xamined and approved, corrected, or r,iected by the Engineer with reasonable prompt- ness. A rejected or corrected material shall be revised and resubmitted until approval is obtained. Delays caused by such rejections will not be considered cause for extension of the contract time. Approval by Engineer indicates general compliance or acceptability; ho-lever, it does not relieve the Contractor of final responsibility for proper dimen- sions, character, quantity, quality, strength or sufficiency of the items involved. Waivers or exceptions to the plans and specifications may be validated only by writing from the Engineer which specifically identifies the feature and no ouch waiver or exception shall be allowed as a result of or,rissions or cversights in examining and approving the above drawings or other material. In addition to the foregoing, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with four (4) sets of all operating instructions, maintenance n,anue s, and parts lists for all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished under the contract as outlined in Section 1B. 7. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES; It will be necessary, during the course of construction, to make several connections to the existing plant. All work involved in making connections which will require a ckutdown of the existing plant shall be carefully planned and coordi- nated with both the Engineer and the Owner so that "down" time of the existing plant may be held to a minimum. On occasions when the existing plant is down for purpose of making a connection, work shall proceed on a 24-hour schedule until the plant is back in operation, b. WORKMANSHIP. These specifications contain detail instructions and descriptions covering the major items of construction and workmanship necessary for building and completing the various units or elements of the project. The specifications are intended to be Ko written that only first class workmanship and finish of the best grade and quality will result. The fact that these specifications may fail to be so complete as to cover all details will not relieve the Contractor of full respon- sibility for providing a completed project of high quality, first class finish and appearance and satisfactory for operation, all within the apparent intent of the plans and specifications. 9. FIELD OFFICE; The Owner will furnish, equip, and maintain a field office on the site for the Engineer's use. All other office and storage needs of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be provided by the Contractor. 10. SANITATION FACILITIES; The Contractor shall provide portable toilet fac- ilities Che cans) in sufficient nu~f)er for use throughout trie course of the project. Contractor's personnel will not be permitted to use toilet facil ties in the existing plant buildings. IA-2 11. MLVAU D MATERIAL: During construction of the project a+iy equiy- ment cir materials +lhich has been the property of the Owner and which is salvaged by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Owner. Brick one concrete rubble shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of off the plant site. L~, MATLiULS: These specifications are intender to he so written that only -iC_rieds of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The rrct th,it the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in ,c,me detaM will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for P•uvidln3 materials of high quality and protecting them adequately until rncc,rporrtion in the structure. The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project, No substitutions will be permitted until ine Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to makoe substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is used, it is under- stood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment of the speci- fied name and quality is furnished it will be approvable, as the par- ticular name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the Owner. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Wherever the tpr,n "or equal" is used, it is understood to mean "or approved equal". 13. COSI BREAKDOWN: Within thirty (30) days after the execution of the I Contract, and nod less than fifteen (15) days prior to the first monthly estimate, the Contractor hall submit to the Engineer a cost breakdown of the work under this Contract. lhis breakdown is for use by the Engi- neer in preparing the monthly estimates and for the Owner's use in cost accounting for the project. The breakdown shall be in detail, itemizing all items of equipment and construction and shall accrratelj reflect the cost of all work as included in the bid prices. Cost breakdown shall be such that an overall cost of the various eltnents of the project can be determined. 14. PROGRESS SCHEDULE: Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice to proceed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Con- tractor proposes to carry on the work, the date which he will start the major activities (including procurement of materials), and the contemplated dates for the same. The schedule will be in the form of a progress chart of suitable scale to indicate graphically the per- centage of work scheduled for completion at any time. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the chart the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as dir- ected by the Engineer. the Contractor shall revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments to --ontract time approved by the Engineer. Threw copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such inter- vals as directed by the Engineer. IA-3 If, in the opinion of the Engineer, work ac:omplished falls behind chat scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessarv to improve his progress. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up laq in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Engineer finds the ;,^oposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Engineer that the Contractor is tiling to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. 16. i£STS: In addition to the tests called for in the Specifications, the Owner may have tests made of pipe and materials for ^onformity with the Specifications by an independent testing laboratory. Such indepen- dent laboratory will be snlec.ed and paid by the Owner. The Owner may require the Contractor to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire, and cement. 17. POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION: The Contractor shall provide at his own expense electrical power for project construction. 18. FINAL TESTING AND OPERATION: Prier to presentation for final ac- ceptance of the work under this contract, the Contractor shall have started and operated ill units of the feed systems for a sufficient duration of time to permit the Engineer to observe overall performance of the respective units and equipment. Such operation shall be properly coordinated with the Owner's operating personnel. 19. $'NITATION AND CLEANUP: During construction, the Contractor shall maintain the premises {n an orderly, neat, and presentable condition. Scraps and debris shall not be left scattered around but shall be as- sembled in one place. When construction under this Contract has been otherwise completed, the Contractor shall remove all left over con- struction materials, equi~)ment, scraps, debris and rubbish, and leave the site in a neat, well kept appearance. To provide good sanitary conditions during construction, the Contractor shall provide adequate sanitary facilities (ctem-cans) for- the workmen, and Contactor shall not permit any unsanitary practices to continue which would prove ot;,jectionable to surrounding property owners. At the completion of the work, all buildings and structures shall be broom clean. The Contractor shall glean the walls of all hydraulic structures of dirt, stains, or other materials and pipes shall be left free of any and all foreign material. The Contractor shall remove all marks, stains, dirt and soil from all finished surfaces and shall thor- oughly clean all floors, clean and polish all finished hardware nd oth.:r such devices. 1A••4 20. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION: Sequence of construction on this project will be at the Contractor's option. 21. PROTECTION Of EXISTING STkUCTURES AND UTILITIES: Any damage which is done, by any phase of construction activity, to existing pavement, curbs, walks, drives, fences, utilities, or any other structure not required to be moved for a new structure, shall he replaced or repaired to equal or better condition than presently exists, at no expense to the Owner. 22. REFERENCE STANDARDS: Reference to the otandards of any technical society, organization, or association, or to codes of local and state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative specification adopted and publislied at the date of taking bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 23. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING: It is understood and agreed that the written terms and provisions R- this agreement shall supersede ali oral statements of representatives of the Owner, and oral statements sht.ll not be effective or be construed as being a part of this contract. 24. PRV ERVATION OF MONUMENTS AND STAKES: The Contractor shall care- fully preserve all monuments, bench marks, reference points, and stakes. In case of his destruction thereof, the Contractor will lie charged with the expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may b^ caused. Permanent monuments or bench marks which must be removed or disturbed shall be protected until properly referenced for relocation. Thr Contractor shall furnish materials and assistance for the proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. 25. METHODS OF OPERATION: The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance concerning h Fs-plans for carrying on each part of the work, but the Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plant, equipment, and methods. Any method of work suggested by the Owner or Consulting Engineer, but not specified, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor, and the Consulting Engineer and Owner will as.ume no re- sponsibility therefor. Review by the Owner or Consulting Engineer of any plan or method of work proposed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility therefor, and such review shall not be considered as an assumption of any ris'• or liability by tiie Owner or Consulting Engineer, or any officer, agent, or employee thereof. Th-. Contractor shall have no claim on account of the failure or inefficieicy )f any plan or method so reviewed. The Owner and the Consulting Engineer will not be responsible for any act or omission of the Contractor, or any subcontractor, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. The Owner and Consulting Engineer will not be responsible for any fail- TA-5 ure of the Contractor or his subcontractors or any other persons to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the .:ontr&ct documents. 26. UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS: During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other un,uitable construction conditions, tha Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be affected ad- versely thereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions which would affect adversely the quality or efficiency thereof, unless special mean, or precautions are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner, 27. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO (GOVERN: Dimensions and elevations indicated on the drawings shall be aci-urately followed even though different from scaled measurements. No work indicated un the drawings, the dimensions of which are not indicated, shall be executed until necessary dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer, END OF SECTION 1 lA-6 SECTION 1B - GENERAL E LI]PMENT STIPULATIONS 1. SCOPE: These General Equipment Stipulations apply, in general, to all equipment. They supplement the detailed equipment specifications but in case of conflict the detailed equipment specifications shall govern. 2. COORDINATION: The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination of -the entire project, including verification that all structures, piping, and equipment components to be furnished and in- stalled by him are compatible. For equipment to be furnished by Owner and installed under this contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for proper installation, startup and all necessary adjustments so that the equipment is placed in proper operation condition. the Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating with other separate con- tractors as required for complete installation and operation of equipment. 3. ADAPTATION OF EQUIPMENT: Equipment to be furnished and installed under this contract shall be readily adaptable for installation and operation in the structures shown on the drawings, No responsibility for alteration of a planned structure to accommodate other types of equipment will be assumed by the Owner. Equipment which requires al- teration of the structures will be considered only if the Contractor assumes all responsibility for making and r^ rdinating all necessary alterations. All such alterations shall made at the Contractor's expense. 4. PATENT ROYALTIES: All royalties and fees for patents covering materials, art ci-les, apparatus, devices, or equipment (as distinguished from processes) shall be included in prices quoted by equipment suppliers. 5. EQUIPMENT GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment furnished and installed'by him under this contract against (a) faulty or inadequate design, (b) improper assembly or erection, (c) defective workmanship or materials, and (d) leakage, breakage, or other failure. For equipment furnished by Owner and installed under this contract, the Contractor shall guarantee against leakage, breakage or other failure due to improper assembly or erection and against improper installation of the equipment. The guarantee. period shall be as defined in Section IA, General Requirements. 6. WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS. All equipment shall be designed, fabri- cated, and assembled Tn accordance with the test modern enginitering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to c+olivery, except as required by tests. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. Iron castings shall be tough, close-grained gray iron free from blowholes, flaws, or exces- sive shrinkage and shall conform to ASTM A46. 76-1 Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabri- cated steel used in items of equipment shall conrorm to the Standards of the American Institute of Steel Construction. All structural members shall be considered as subject to shock or vibratory load-.. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operat'on of the equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick. 7. LUBRICATION: Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. lubrication systems shall not require attention during startup or shutdown and shall not waste lubricants. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer, cross referenced with major oil company lubricants, shall be provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all consumption during testing, startup, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by the Owner. B. ELECTRIC MOTORS; Unlf)ss otherwise required by the detailed equip- ment specifications, motors furnished with equipment shall comply with tha following: a. Motors shall be designee and applied in compliance with NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, and AFBMA standards and the NEC for the specific duty imposed by the driven equipment. b. Where frequent starting occurs, motors shall be designed for frequent starting duty equivalent to the duty service required by ►.he driven equipment. C. Unless recognized and defined by the standards and codes for intermittent duty as a standard industry practice, all motors shall be rated for continuous duty at 40°C. ambient. Motor temperature rise above 40%. ambient on continuous operation at nameplate horsepower shall not exceed the NEMA limit. d. Motors shall be designed for full v~rtage starting. e. Motor bearing life shall t+ based upon the actual operating load conditions imposed by the driven equipment. f. Motors shall be sized for the altitude at the location where the equipment is to he installed. g. Motors shall be sized so that, under maximum continuous load imposed by the driven equ;f,ment, the motor nameplate horse- power for continuous operation in 40°C. ambient is at least 15 percent more than the driven load. h. Where the detailed specifications call for encapsulated motor windings, the motor shall have a sealed insulation system 1B-2 designed for a more severe environment than usual varnish treatments can withstand. the insulation system shall be General Electric: "Polyseal", Allis-Chalmers "Poxeal", or U.S. Motors "Everseal". Motors in this case may he single voltage rated. I. Motors shall have a clamp-type grounding terminal inside the motor conduit box. j. Motors with external conduit boxes shall have oversized con- duit boxes. It is the intent of this general specification to allow the manufact.urer's standard motor on integrally constructed motor driven equipment such as appliances, hand tools, etc., that is specified by model number in which a redesign of the complete unit would be required for a motor with other feats:res as may be specified herein. Unless otherwise required by the detailed equipment specifications, motors within the horsepower ranges inaicated below shall be rated and constructed as follows: (1) Below 112 HP: a. 115 volt, 60 hz., single phase, b. Dripproof or totally enclosed, supplier's option. C. Permanently lubricated sealed bearings. d. Built-in manual-reset thermal protector; or furnished with integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed manual motor-overload switch. (2) 112 to 1 HP: 230 460 volt, 60 hz., 3 phase. b. Dripproof or totally enclosed, supplier's option. C. Specially insulated for use in damp locations below 20 C. d. Permanently lubricated sealed bearings. (3) 1-112 HP and Above: a. 230/460 volt, 60 hz., 3 phase. b. Dripproof or totally enclosed, supplier's option. C. Specially insulated for u;e in damp locations below 20 C. 1B-3 d. Oil or grease lubricated ..itifriction or oil lubricated sleeva bearings. e. Vertical motors shall have 15 year average-life thrust bearings. 4. SAFETY GUARDS: All belt or chain drives, fan blade., couplings, and other moving or rotating parts shalr be covered on all saes by a safety guard. Safety guards shall be fabricated from lb USS gage or heavier galvanized or aluminum-clad sheet steel or 112 Inch mesh gal- vanized expanded metal. Each guar-6 shall be designed for easy instal- lation and removal. All necessary supports and accessories shall be provided for each guard. Supports and accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized. All safety guards in outdoor '.ocations shall be designed to prevent the enr.rance of rain and dripping water. 10. ANCHOR BOLTS: Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for eic_h titem of equipment. Anchor bolts, together, with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed. Two nuts shall be furnished for each bolt. Unless otherwise shown or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted on baseplates shall be long enough to permit 1-112 inches of grout beneath the baseplate and 'o provide adequate arr.horage into structural concrete. Unless otherwise shown, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galvanized in conformity with ASTM A153 and A185, or, zinc plated in conformity with ASTM A165, Type GS. 11. SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES: Equipment requiring periodic repair and ad ustment shall b^ furnished cnrnplete with all special tools, instruments, and accessories requirad for proper maintenance. Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with those devices. 12. PROIRIJON: All equipment shall he boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and stnrage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Pumps, t.otors, electrical equipment, and other equipment having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight warehouses which are maintained at a temperature at least 60° F. Painted surfacps shall be protected against impac>, abrasion, discolora- tion, and other damdge. All painter} surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Electrical equipment, contrcls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture or water dam.ge. All space heaters provided in the 1©-h equipment shall be M t connected and operating at all times until equipment is placed io service. 13. INSTAI.LATION CHECK: An experienced, competent, and authorized representative of the manufacturer or, supplier of each item of equipment to be furnished and installed under this contract shall visit the site of the work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. In each case, the equipment supplier's repre- sentative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation. The k.iuipment supplier's representative shall revi,it the job site as often as necessary until all trouble Is correcr,ed and the equipment Installation and operation are satisfactory in tt,e opinion of the Engi- neer. Each equipment supplier's representative shall furnish to the Owner, through the Engineer, a written report certifying that the equipment (1) has been properly installed and lubricated, (2) is in accurate align- ment, (3) is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, anJ (4) has been operated under full load conditions and that it uperated satisfactorily. All costs for this wor'< shall be included in the prices quoted by equip- ment suppliers. Manufacturer's represer.t.,tive requirements for equipment furnished by Owner, are outlined in A;;pendix I for each item of equipment. The Con- tractor shall be responsible for coordinating with cacti manufacturer concerning dates and times for installation of equipment to insure proper scheduling of representatives visits. 14. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: For each type of equipment to be furn hed ana installed under thhTs contract, the Contractor shall prepare an operation and maintenance manual covering: a. Equipment, function, normal operating characteristics, and llmitiny conditions. b, Assembly, installation, alignment, adjust+ent, and checking instructions. C. Operating instructions for startup, routine and normal opera- tion, regulation and control, shutdown, and emergency condi- tions. d. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. e. Guide to "troubleshooting". f. Parts lists, and predictki life of parts subject to wear. g. Outline, cross-secLion, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and wiring diagrams. 18-5 ~ECfIUN 2A _ CLEARING AND GRUBBING AND TOPSOIL cURFACING 1, CLEARING AND GRUBBING: Clearing shall consist of removal and disposal of all trees, stumps, brush, logs, down tindirrr, roots, rubbish, vcnetation and oth:r objectionable matter, from the construction site except in those areas shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer not to be disturbed. The sites of structures and other areas to be excs- veted and fil'ied shall be cleared and yruhk:ed. Grubbing of roots and stumps will be required to a d(.,pth of one (V) foot below the finish grade of structural excavatluns, and to a depth of one (V) foot below the ground surface after the top snit has been removed in areas to receive embankment. All cleared and grubbed material shall be disposed of in a manner satis- factory to the Engineer. NOTE: The Contractor will be expected to protect the trees outside the immediate work area. 2. SALVAGING AND REPLACING TOPSOIL: Salvaging and replacing topsoil shall consTs of _salvaging and stockpiling the organic weathered topsoil and subsequent placing on portions of the site not containing structures or other items of construction. After clearing and grubbing has been completed and before any grading has begun, the existing topsoil shall be moved from the areas where excavation and embankment is to be con- structed and shall be stockpiled. Salvaged topsoil shall be cleaned of brush, debris, or other objectionable grass, major root systems, weeds, , matel,lal prior to spreading on the areas to receive the topsoil. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading thr 1,opsoll on any area, the surface shall be loosened by disking or other means to a depth of at least two (2") inches to facilitate bonding of topsoil to subgrade. On areas to receive topsoil, the rough grading shall be accomplished so that when all suitable topsoil is placed the grade shall be as estab- lished finish grade, smooth, pleasing in appearance, anti with no dcores- sions capable of holding water. lopsnil shall be dumped in separate piles and uniformly distributed by blade grader or other suitable equipment. Topsoil shall not be placers when the ground is frozen or e,,cessively wet. Fach layer or layers shall be compacted to a .tensity u;proximately that of undisturbed top- soil adjacent to the site. 3. GRADING: All areas around the storage tank slat, and other struc- tures, wh[ch do not receive any type of paved surface, shall be graded and raked smooth and even so that th-y will drain generally away from the structures toward the natural drainage course. All large clods of earth shall be broken up and no rocks, trasn or debris shall remain on or nea; the surface. END OF SECTION JA-1 I SECTION 2B - EARTHWORK 1. GENERAL: The Contractor shall perform all excavation and embank- ment as may be necessary for the construction, to line and grade shown on the plans, of all structures, utilities, and incidentals thereto. All excavations shall be "unclassified". In making excavations, the Contractor shall do all necessary shoring, bracing, sheeting, pumping and bailing. Where necessary to determine the location of existing pipes, valves, or other underground structures, the Contractor, :,ter a careful exw,iination of available records, shall make all explv,•;tions ane. excavations for- such purpose. Temporary support, adequa',e protec- tion, and maintenance of all underground and surface pipes, structures and )ther obstructions encountered in the progress of the wark shall be furnished by the Contractor at his own expense 2. STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION (GENERAL.): Excavation shall extend a suffi- cient distance from walls and footings to allow for forms, installation of services, and for inspection, except where concrete for walls and footing is authorized or required to be deposited directly against excavated surfaces. Where the excavation is made below the elevations indicated on the drawings or directed by the Engineer through the fault of the Contractor, the excavation shall he restored to the proper ele- vation with lean concrete or other selected material, at the expense of the Contractor. In order that the Engineer may judge the adequacy of the proposed foun- dation, the Contractor, if requested, shall make soundings to determine the character of the subgrade materials. The maximum depth of such soundings will not be required to exceed five (5') feet helow the pro- posed footing grade. It is the intent of this provision that soundings shall be made at the time the excavation in each foundation is approxi- mately complete. the final elevation to which a foundation is to be constructed shall be as shown on the drawings or as raised or lowered by written, order from the Engineer when such alterations are judged proper to satisfactorily comply with the design requirements for the structure. Should it be found necessary to increase the depth of footings from that shown on the drawings, the necessary alterations in the details of the structure shall be accomplished in a manner as directed by the Engineer, who shall have the right to substitute revised details if necessary. When a structure is to rest on an excavated surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and removal ui the last material required to reach foundation final grade shall not be performed until just before the tooting or slab is to be placed. All rock or ether herd foundation material shall be free from all loose material, cleaned, and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or, serrated, ae directed by the Engineer. All seams shall tie cleaned out and filled with concrete at the time the footing is placed. 26-1 Excavated material required to be used for backfiil may be deposited by the Contractor in storage piles at points convenien'_ for rehandling the material during the backfilling operations. Tie location of storage piles ,hall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3. TR NCh EXCAVATION: Trenches shall be excavated so that pipes can be laid straight at uniform grade, without dips or humps, between the terminal elevations shown on the drawings. a. Minimum Cover: Where pipe grades or elevations are not de- finitely fixed by the contract drawings, trenches shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a minimum depth of backfill cover over the top of pipe of approximately 30 inches. b. Limiting Trench Widths: Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and pipe clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. Where necessary to reduce earth load on trench tanks to prevent sliding and caving, banks may be cut back on slopes. C. Excavation Below_ Pipe Subdrade: Except where otherwise re- quired, all pipe trenches shall be excavated below the underside of the pipe a minimum of foir (4") inches to provide for the installation of granular embedment pipe foundation material. d. Bell Holes: Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointea, 4. PIPE EMBEDMENT: Granular embedment material shall be placed around all pipes installed on this project from a depth four (4",' inches mini- mum below the bottom of the pipe to the springline (centerline) of the pipe. a. Embedment Materials: (1) Granular Embedment: Granular embedment shall be fine crushed rock for pipe smaller than 30 inches and standard crushed rock for 30 inch and larger pipe. The crushed rock mall conform to the following requirements: P4.rrent Passing_ ~y_Wei_Uht Sieve Size Fine CCruO ed Rolk Standard Crushed Rock 1 inch 100 1/8 inch 99 - 100 5/8 inch 55 - 85 1/2 inch 100 3/8 inch 98 100 0 - 15 No. 4 L - 60 0 - 5 No. 10 0 - 2 U - 2 2B-~' b, Placement and Compaction: Granular embedment, material shall be spread and the surface graded to provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between bell holes or pipe joints. It will be permissible to slightly disturb the finished subgrade surface by withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. After each pipe has been graded, aligned, and placed In final position on the be0ing material (trench bottom for 6 inch or sm,.iller pipe), and shoved home, sufficient pipe embedment material shall he deposited and compacted under and around each side of the pipe and hack of the bell or end thereof to hold the pipe in proper position and alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and embedment. operations. Embedment material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simul- taneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Crushed rock granular embedment shall be placed in not more than 6 inch layers and compacted by slicing with a shovel or vibrating. i4o pipe shall be laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed fron the trenches sufficiently ahead of the pipe placing operations to insure a dry, firm bed on which to place the pipe, and trench shall continue to be de-watered until after the pipe has been ple,:ed and jointed. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping or by other suitable means. 5, BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES: After completion of foundation footings and walls and other construction below the elevations of the final grades, all forms shall be removed and the excavation cleaned of any trash, debris or other objectionable matter prior to backfilling. Material shall be placed in layer,- approximately nine (V) inches in depth, properly moistened to approximately optimum requirements, and each layer compacted by hand, machine tampers, other suitable equipment to a density to prevent excessive sett ement or shrinkage. Where pipes, walks, or other construction is to be placed on or in the backfilled material, the backfilling shall be done in a thorough manner to preclude after-settlement. Backfilling shall be brought to a suitable elevation abova natural ground or grade to provide for any anticipated settlement and shrinkage of the structures to prevent any damage to these struc- tures. Contractor shall secure the approval of the Engineer prior to placing backfill around any of the structures. Contractor shall be responsible for settlement, and shall restore surfaces should any settlement occur. 6. iRENCII BACKFILL: All trench backfill above pipe embedment shall conform to the following requirements. a. Compacted Backfill: Compacted backfill will he required for the full depth of the trench above the embedment in the following loca- tions: 213-3 Where beneath pavements, surfacings, driveways, curbs, gut- ters, walks, or other surface construction or structures. Where in shoulders for .oads. Where beneath fills or embankments. In established sodded areas. Where the trench for one pipe passes beneath the trench for another pipe, backfill for the lower trench shall be compacted to the level of the bottom of the upper trench. Compacted backfill shall consist of fob excavated material, finely divided and free from debris, organic material, and stones larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension. Masses of i..oist, stiff clay shall not be used. Job excavated materials shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. The method of com;action and the equipment used shall be appropriate for the material to t,e compacted and shall not transmit damaging shocks to the pipe. Job excavated material shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM 698. At the option of the Contractor, inundated sand may be installed in lieu of compacted backfill in any of the above locations where, in the opinion of the Engineer, use of water for this purpose would cause no damage to adjacent property or buried utilities. The top portion of backfill beneath established sodded areas shall be finished with not less than 12 inches of topsoil corresponding to, or better than, that underlying adjoininq sodded areas. b. Water Settled Earth backfill: Where water settlement of uncompacted earth backf ll s permitted, water shall be applied so that effective settlement is obtained with a minimum of water. Trenches shall not be permitted to overflow. Settlement by water puddling shall not be done until after the trench has been backfilled to the ground surface. Water shall be introduced above the pipe embedment through a long pipe nozzle, so that disturbance of any granular fill or compacted material will be held to an absolute minimum. Backfill material to compensate for settlement below surface grade shall be added as neces- sary and settled during puddling operations. C. Inundated Sand Backfill: Sand for inundated ,and backfill shall be clean with not more than 25 percent, retained on a No. 4 sieve and not more than 7 percent passing a No. 200 sieve and shall have an effective size between 0.10 mm and 0.30 mm. Sand shill be depos;ted in, or placed simultaneously with application of, water so that the sand is inundated during compaction. During placement, the sand shall be com- pacted by a mechanical probe type vibrator. Inundated sand shall be compacted to 70 percent relative density as determined by AS1M D2049. 2B-4 I 7. EMBANKMENT: Prior co placing any embankment, all clearing, grub- bing and stripping operations shall be completed and stump holes or other small excavations shall be backfilled with suitable material and thoroughly tamped. Embankment material shall not contain trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, large or frozen lumps, or other extraneous materials. The surface of the ground, including plowed, loosened ground, or surface roughened in any manner, shall be restored to its approximate original slope by blading or other methods and, where required by the Engineer, the ground surf- a thus prepared shall be compacted by sprinkling and rolling. Embankments may be constructed of materials excavated on the plant site providing it meets the above mentioned requirements. 8. EXCESS EARTH: Excess earth from the various excavations, which is not required for backfill or construction of embankments on tF•e plant site, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 9. FINAL GRADING: After all other work has been finished, and back- filling and embankments completed and settled, all areas on the site of the work which are to be graded shall be brought to grade at the indi- cated elevations, slopes, and contours. Use of graders or other power equipment will be permitted for final grading and dressing of slopes, provided the result is uniform and equivalent to hand work. All sur- faces shall be graded to secure effective drainage. Unless otherwise shown a slope of at least one percent shall be provided. Grading and surfacing shall bF? completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 10. SETTLEMENT: The Cont actor shall be responsible for all settlement of backf If- lls, and embankments which may occur within one year after final completion of the contre.;t under which the work was per- formed. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replace- ments made necessary by settlement, within 30 days after notice from the Engineer or Owner. END OF SECTION 2B-5 SECTION 3A - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1. SCOPE: The work covered by this item consists of furnishing all material, mixing and transporting ecuipment, and performing .11 12bor for the proportioning, mixing, transporting, placing, consolidating, finishing and curing of concrete in the structure. Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, air entraining admixture and water as hereinafter specified. 2. GOVERNING STANDARDS: All mixing, sampling, placing, curing and testing of concrete and the materials used therein shall be in compli- ance with the latest revision of the following listed standards unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. The publications listed below are from: ASTM - American Society for Testir,a and Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. ACI - American Concrete Institute, P. 0. Box 4154, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 46219. CRD - OCE, COE, Dapt. of the Army, HQDA Washington, D.C. 20314. Other specifications and proprietary items are as noted. The Contractor shall maintain one (1) copy of each of the applicable standards at the construction field office. ASIM-01 MaU ng & Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the field ASTM-C33 Specifications for Aggregates ASTM-09 Tests for Compressive Strength ASTM-C42 Curing Concrete for Testing ASTM-C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM-Cl09 Compressive Strengths of Hydraulic Cement Mortar ASTM-C125 Concrete and Concrete Aggregates, Definitions of Terms ASTM-C143 Sliimp Test ASTM-C150 Portland Cement ASTM-056 Tests for Wa'.er Retention Efficiency ASTM-C17i Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM-C172 Concrete Sampling ASTM-C173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM-C191 Time of Setting for Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle ASTM-C192 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM-C231 Test for Air Content by Pressure Method ASIM-260 Air Entraining Admixtures ASTM-C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM-C494 Specifications for Chemical Admixtures ASTM-C595 Blended Hydraulic Cement Spe.:ification A.IM-C827 Early Volume Changes of Cemcntitious Materials ASTM-C845 Expansive Hydraulic Cement Type K 3A-1 ASTM-D412 Tests for Rubber Properties ASIM-0570 Test for Water Absorption of Plastics ASIM-0746 Test fcr Sritleness Temperature ASTM-0994 Preformed Expansion Joint Material ASIM-01190 Hot Poured Joint Sealer ASfM-02240 Rubber Property Durometer ASTM-E96 Water Vapor Transmission of Materials in Sheet Form CRD-C588-76 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout ACT 211.1 Proportions for Normal Weight Concrete ACT 214 Compression Test Results ACT 301 Structural Concrete ACT 304 Measuring, Mixing, Transporting S Placing Concrete ACT 305 Hot Weather Concreting ACT 306 Cold Weather Concreting ACT 308 Curing Concrete ACT 309 Consolidation of Concrete 3. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: a. Storage of Cement: Cement may be delivered in bulk or in bags which are marked plainly with the brand and name of manufacturer. Immediately upon receipt cement shall be stored in a dry, weathertight and properly ventilated structure, which excludes moisture. All storage facilities shall be subject to approval and shall be such as to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Sufficient cement shall be in storage to complete any lift of concrete started. In order that cement may not become unduly aged after delivery, records of delivery dates shall be maintained and the Contractor shall use any cement which has been stored at the site for 60 days or more before using cement of lesser age. No cement will be used which is lumped or caked or has been stored more than 93 days, or when the cement temperature exceeds 170°F. b. Storage of Aggregates: The handling and storage of concrete aggregate shall be such as to prevent the admixture of foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be grubbed, cleared of all weeds and grass, and leveled. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without re- cleaning. Different sizes of aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent intermixing. Materials in all stockpiles shall be handled In such a manlier that segregaticn of materials within the pile will be avoided, and shall be built up in layers not over three (3) feet in depth, Should segregation occur, the aggregates shall he remixed to conform with the grading requirements. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all fine aggregates shall be stockpiled at least 2d hours before mixing to reduce the free moisture content. 4. MATERIALS a. Cement: Cement for ali purposes shall be Type I Portland Cement, conforming to the requirements of ASTM C150. 3A-2 yl b. Admixtures: Unless oV erwise approved by the Engineer, con- crete of 3000 psi or stronger :hall contain air-entraining admixtures bnd a water reducing admixtura. (1) Airr ntraininq_Admixture: This shall comply with ASTM Designation C-260. The total average air content shall be in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.1; 4.5% t1.0% for 1-1/2" maximum size aggregate. (2) Slater Reducing Admixtures: This shall comply with ASTM Designation C-494, and be accurately measured and added to the mix in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. C. Water: Water for concrete shall be clean and free from in- jurious amounts of oil, acid alkali, salt, organic matter, or other ,eleterious substances. Water suitable for drinking or for ordinary ;iousehold use will be accepted for use without being tested. Water from doubtful sources shall not be used until tested and approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not take water for use in concrete from shallow, muddy, or marshy When comparative tests are made with water ofknownofatisfactory quality in accordance with ASU, Method C-87 any inrmortarastrengthhshallebefsufficoient causeoforfrejectionnofiwaterrGent under test. d. FineAggregate: Fine aggregate shall consist of natural washed and screened sand complying with the requirements and tests of Specifications for Concrete Aggregates, gradation as included in ASTM-C33 air entrained concrete is as follows: SIEVE SIZE PERCENT RETAINED PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 0 100 95 - 100 f8 0 0 - - 5 20 80 - 100 k8 N16 15 - 50 50 - 85 M30 40 - 75 25 - 60 k50 70 - 90 10 - 30 11100 90 - 98 2 - 10 Fine aggregate shall have not more than 45 percent retained between any two consecutive sieves and its fineness modulus, as defined in ASTM-C125, shall be not less than 2.3 nor mare than 3.1. e. Coarse Ag re ate: Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or caravel conformnt ASlM requirements nationaC3?teGradationc5izea tions for Concrete Aggregates, g Number 67. Gradation size Number 67 as included in ASTM Designation C33 is as follows: 3A-3 NO. 67 SIEVE SIZE SQUARE OPENING, PERCENT RETAINED PERCENT PASSING 1" 0 100 3/4" 0 - 10 90 - 100 3/8" 45 - 80 20 - 55 No. 4 90 - 100 0 - 10 No. 8 95 - 100 0 - 5 f Miscellaneous Materials: (1) Joint Materials: (a) Premolded expansion joint material shall conform to ASTM D994 in the thicknesses specified. (b) Expansion joint sealant shall be Vulkem 227 poly- urethane sealant for vertical jo nts and Vulken 2.25 polyurethane sea-iant for horizontal joints, as manufactured by MAMECO International, Cleve- land, Ohio. Backing material shall be clean sand, as aetailed on the plans. (2) Sheet materials ;or curing concrete when required shall conform to ASTM C171. (a) Waterproof paper (b) Polyethylene film (c) White burlap - polyethylene film (3) Membrane curing compound when allowed shall conform to ASTM C309. (4) Epoxy Resins for coating, bonding, grouting, seal coat- ing, wearing surfaces, etc. The epoxy selected shall carry the manu- facturer's recommendation for the planned application. For applications involving moist or wet surfaces, the epoxy selected shall be compatible with the moisture. The manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed in every detail. (5) Shrinkage Compensating Grout: (a) General. This section covers grouting of pump, motor, and equipment basepTates or bedplates; column baseplates, other miscellaneous baseplates, piping block nuts and other uses of grout as indicated or, the drawings. Epoxy grouts shall be used in the presence of chemicals that will abrade cementitious grouts. Unless otherwise specified, all grouting shall be done with non-shrinking grout. 3A-4 (b) Materials: t1] For all non-shrinking grout, the manufacturer shall furnish from an approved independent laboratory, recent test results verifying that the grout shows: No shrinkage from the time of placement, or expansion after set, under AS1M-C827 and CRD- C588-76 (Corps of Engineers;. A twenty-four (24) hour compressive strength in a trowelable mix of not less than three thou- sand pounds per square inch (3,000 psi) under ASTM-C109. An initial set time of not less than forty-five (45) minutes under AS1M-C191. [2] All grout shall be non-organic, non-metallic, nonstaining and resist attack by oil and water. [3] Epoxy grouts shall be furnished in two com- ponents from the factory and mixed on the job site. [4] The Contractor shall obtain field technical assistance from the grout manufacturer, as required, to insure proper installation of the grout in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and procedures. (c) Installation: [1] For cementitious grouts, the foundation should be saturated for twenty-four (24) hours before installation and cleared of excess water im- mediately before installation. All baseplates or bedplates should be free of oil, grease, laitance and other foreign substances. [2] For epoxy grouts, the foundation and baseplate or bedplate should be clean, dry, and sound prior to installation. [3] Mixing: All mixing shall take place according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. ["1 Placement: Grout shall be placed in strict accordance with the directions of the manufac- turer so that all spaces and cavities below the 3A-5 top of the baseplates and bedplates are com- pletely filled without voids. Forms shall be provided where structural components of the baseplates or bedplates will not confine the grout. Where necessary, and acceptable under manufacturer's procedures, a round head pencil vibrator, three quarters of an inch (3/4") maximum dia:,:eter, is allowable. [5] Edge Finishing: In all locations where the edge of the grout will be exposed to view, the nonshrink grout, after it has reached its initial set, shall be finished smooth. Except where indicated to be finished on a slope, the edges of the grout shall be cut off flush at the baseplate, bedplate, member, or piece of equipment. [6] Curing: For cementitious grouts, wet curing should take place for at least three (3) days, by wet rags, wet burlap or polyethylene sheet.s. All cloths shall be kept constantly wet for the curing cycle. For epoxy grouts, dry curing is acceptable. (6) Vapor Barrier, where required, shall be minimum 6 mil thickness natural polyethylene film with a permeability of not more than 0.11 perms in accordance with ASTM-E36. Joints or splices where re- quired shall be made with minimum 2" wide tape equivalent to the ma- terial being joined or splice.a. Granular fill below the vapor barrier shall be smoothed and any pro- trusions that might damage or rupture the polyethylene film shall be eliminated. Completely rover porous fill with film. Lap film not less tl'!an 6" at all joints, with the top placed in the direction of spreading of the concrete. Use pressure sensitive tape at all laps of vapor barrier. Lap reinforcement directly over film prior to placing con- crete, taking precautions to prevent film punctures. Carefully rut film around pipes and wiring outlets, and then apply pressure sensitive tape around these protrusions to insure maximum barrier effectiveness. (7) Floor Hardener: Hardening agent for exposed interior concrete floor shall be a colorless aqueous solution of zinc and/or magnesium fluosilicate. Each gallon of the fluosilicate solutiun shall contain not less than two pounds of crystals. An approved proprietary hardener may be used provided the solution is delivered read;/ for use in the manufacturer's original containers. No combination chlorinated rubber curing hardening material will be considered in lieu of the material specified for chemical floor hardener. 3A-6 Chemical floor hardener shall be applied to concrete receiving troweled finish, except floor specified or shown on drawings to have ;loor cov- erings applied over same. The floors shall be thoroughly cured, clean- ed, and perfectly dry with all work above them completed. Zinc and/or magnesium fluosilicate shall be applied evenly, using 3 coats, at a rate of 100 square feet per gallon, allotting 24 hours between coats. The first coat shall be 1/4 strength, the second coat 112 strength, and the third coat 2/3 strength. Each coat shall be applied so as to remain wet on the concrete surface for 15 minutes. Approved proprietary hardeners shall be zpplied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. After the final coat is completed, the dry surplus hardener shall be removed from the surfaces by scrubbing and mopping with water. (8) Non-Skid or Non-Slip Surfaces: Where specified, the sur- face shall be cleaned and prepared for spraying, brushing or rolling with an approved epoxy compound. Immediately after applying the epoxy, the aggregate shall be broadcast by hand or machine at 1.5# per sgriare yard. The aggregate may be an approved proprietary mixture or aluminum oxide, or silicon carbide, or roofing granules, or silica sand or trap rock passing the q50 sieve and retained on the #60 sieve. The manu- facturer's recommendations si,all be strictly adhered to when using proprietary products. (9) Waterstops: Where shown on the Plans, or as may be required by manner of construction, Servicised Waterstops, or an ap- proved equal, shall be embedded in the concrete. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, use Servicised No. 5317-0 (9" centerbulb) for all expan- sion joints and Servicised No. 3317-8 (6" dumbbell) for all construction joints requiring waterstops. No reclaimed PVC nor PVC compound other than that specified herein shall be used. Contractor shall submit data sheet showing material components and characteristics to the Engineer for approval. Waterstops shall conform to the requirements of: ASTM 0412 ASTM D2240 ASTM 0570 ASTM D746 5. CONCRETE PROPORTIONS: a. General: ACI 211.1 shall be the basis for selecting the proportions for concrete made with aggregates of normal and high de,rsity and of workability suitable for usual cast-in-place structurr.s. b. Procedure in Design of Concrete Mixes: (1) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the concretr_ consistent with the minimum requirements of strength and proportions ata+,ed herein. The proportions of materials entering into the mix, },ect to limitations alreaCy stated, to produce concrete of satisfactory quality, shall be determined by laboratory tests prior to beginning of concrete placing. Design shall be in ac- cordance with ACI Standard 211.1 "Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions of Concrete," subject to maximum water cement ratio, minimum cement content and minimum strengths set forth hereln. sA-/ i i (2) Trial Mixes: An ildependent testing laboratory retained by the Contractor and approved by the Owner shah ;letermine the mater als and proportions for trial concrete mixes to meet the requirements of this specification. The laboratory trial concrete mix design shall be submitted for the Engineer's approval before the 7-day strength tests are made. Laboratory samples shall be made in accordance with the trial mix de- signs for laboratory testing purposes. The fresh concrete shall be tested for Slump (ASTM-C143) and Air Content (ASIM-C173/C231). Strength test specimens shall be made, cured and tested for I and 28 day strength in accordance with ASTM-C192, ASTM-C39. Laboratory test on trial mixes shall show a 28-day strength 10 percent higher than the stated minimum 28-day strength. From these preliminary tests, the ratios between 7-day and 28-day strenths shall be established to determine at 7 days the strengths necessary to satisfy the required 28-day strengths. The 7-day trial mix strength test results shall be submitted at least 14 days in advance of the 28-day strength tests. The final results of the laboratory tests of the trial mixes shall be sub- mitted to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the beginning of con- crete placement. (3) Changes in Mixes: If, during the progress of the work, it is found impossible to secure concrete of required workability and strength with the materials being furnished by the Contractor, the Engineer may order changes in proportions or materials or both, neces- sary to secure the desired properties, subject to limitations already stated. The Contractor may not make changes in materials, either gra- dation, source, or brand, or proportions of mixtures after their having once been approved except by specific written approvai of the Engineer. C. Workability: In general the workability of any mix shall be that required for the specific placing conditions and method of place- ment. The concrete shall be of such workability that it can be worked readily into all corners and around reinforcing without segregation of materials or having free water collect on the surface. Compliance with specified slump limitations shall not necessarily designate a satis- factory mix. The Engineer may require changes in proportions at any t.irre as necessary to obtain a mix having satisfactory properties. The slump tests will be made by the Engineer (or a designated representative of the Owner'r laboratory) in accordance with ASTM Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete, Designation C-143. In no case shall the amount of coarse material be sucti as to produce harshness in placing or honeycombing in the structure when forms are removed. 3A-8 d. Concrete Classificatiortis: ft Cement Maw.Size Max.Water Max. 28 day Bags Vio. Gals/Bag Slump Class (psi~_ Y. Sinches~ _(net) (inchc,, Use A 3000 5.5 1.0 6.25 4-6 General. All reinf. conc. structures this project unless otherwise specified B 150J 3.0 1.5 1.50 4 Cradling, Blocking The maximum amount of coarse aggregate (dry loose volume) per cubic foot of finishef concrete shall riot exceed 0.82 cubic feet. The maximum amount of water as set forth in the table above is based on the assumption that the aggregates are in a saturated, surface dry condition. The maximum water content will be the amount added at the mixer, plus the free water in the aggregate, and minus tha absorption of the aggre- gate based on a thirty-minute absorption period. No allowance will be made for evaporation of water after batching. If additional water is re uq fired to obtain the desired slumps a compensating amount of cement 0:711, also be added. The maximum water-cement ratio shall not be ex- ceeded. No ode tlonal compensation will be made for additional cemr.nt which may ba used under this condition. the concrete mix will be designed with the intention of producing con- crete which will have compressive or flexural strength equal to or greater than the following when using current ASTM Designation C-39. Minimum , Class of Compressive Strength Concrete (Pounds per Sc{uare Inch) 7 day 28 day A. 2,000 3,000 B. 1,000 1,500 e. Qualm A,surance: (1) Laboratory Service: The control of design, proportinn- ing, mixing, and testing of all materials, ready mix, transit mix or central plant concrete shall be under the supervision of the Owner's Testing Laboratory. A representative of the Laboratory will work in cooperation with the Contractor and the Engineer and will furnish to the Engineer and Contractor a summary of all tests which are performed. No concrete shall be placed without a representative of the Laboratory being present either et the plant or at the project site. 3A-9 (a} Small Placements: For concrete placements of ten cubic yards or less, the Engireer ,nay wive the,2 requirements; however, in such event, evidence shall be furMsh,,d showing a rlesign mix to meet the requirements of the specifications. (b) Cost of Laboratq_~y Serv ce: Unless otherwise speci- fied, all cost for laboratory service except those tests in connection with the mix design and tri31 batches at the beginning of the project shall be borne by the Owner. Cost of mix design and tests as required for initial batch designs shall be paid for by the Contractor. f. Tests of Concrete: (1) General: Frequent tests will be required by the Engineer throughout the work to determine t`e quality of concrete. Unless other- wise specified these tests shall be made by an independent testing lahoratory to be selected and pairs for by the Owner. All samples shall b iken in accordance with ASTM C172. (2) Slum Test: The slump test as de~,.ribed in ASTM C143 will be used to nd~catc workability and consi,tency of the concrete mix from batch to batch. Generally, a slump test will be made at the start of operations each day, at regular intervals throughout a working day, and at any time when the appearance of the concrete suggests a change in uniformity. (3) Air _Content Test: Tests for air content of the concrete shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231/C173, at the point of de- livery of concrete just prior to placing in forms. The test shall be made often enough to insure a proper air contert uniform from batch to batch. (4) Compression Test: Compression test specimens shall be 6" x 12" concrete cylinders made and cared according to the latest desig- nation of ASTM C31. The number of specimens and frequency of sampling shall be determined by the Engineer. No fewer than two specimens shall be made for each test to be made at each age (7 and 28 days), and sam- ples shall be taken at a minimum of every 150 cubic yards of concrete of each class placed. Further, at least one set of test specimens per day shall be made of each class of concrete used that day. All specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions specified in AS1M C31. Additional concrete cylinders may be required to be cured on the job under the actual job Curing conditions; this shall be the Contractor's responsibility. These samples could be required when: (a) In the opinion of the Engineer, there is a possi- bility of the air temperature surrounding the concrete falling below 40 degrees F., or rising aUove 90 degrees f. (b) In the opinion of the Fngin 2r, the curing proct11ire may need improving and/or lengthening. 3A-10 (c) Necessary to determine Wien structure may be put in service. Compression strength tests shall be made on tht laboratory cured and job cured concrete cylinders at 7 and 28 days, in accordance with AS1M C34, latest designation. The value of each test result shill be the average compressive strength of two samples taken at the same time from the same batch of concrete. The tests made at 7 days shall show strengths of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the design strength, 'or the 28 day cylinders, the strength level will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results excaeds the required design compressive strength, ft, and no individual strength tr.st result falls below the required ft, by more than 500 psi. If the test record of the standard-cured specimens falls to satisfy the strength requirements, the Engineer shall have the right to order a change in the mix proportions. If the job-cured cylinders fail the strength criteria, the Engineer shall have the right to require changes in temperature, moisture conditions, and time for the curing process to obtain the required strength. If a strength deficiency exists as shown by either test record, the questionable portion of the structure shall be cored, tested and evaluated according to ACI 301. The cost for testing of the hardened concrete structure and possible subsequent replacing of a part of it found to be inadequate shall be at the Con- tractor's expense. Unless the Owner's laboratory is on the site, the Contractor shall provide such housing as may be required for curing and storage of test specimens and testing equipment. The Contractor, if he desires, may at his expense, have tests made of cylinders as a check on the tests made for the Owner. (5) Test on High Earl Stren th Concrete; When Type III High Early Strength Portland Cement is used in lieu of Type I Portland Ce- ment, the minimum allowable 28-day strength for Type I Portland Cement concrete shall be required at 7 days. The ages at time of test for Type III High Early Strength Portland Cement shall be 3 days and 7 days in lieu of 7 days and 28 days, respectively, for type I. (6) Failure to Meet ReAuirements Should the 7-day strengths shown by the test specimens fall belew the required values, the Engineer shall have the authority to require additional curing on those portions of the structures represented by the test specimens. The additional curing required by the Engineer shall be done at the Contractor',. ex- pense, and test cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM Method of Obtaining and lestieg Specimens from hardened Cons and Beams of Concrete, Designation C42. In the event that such additional curing does not give the strength required, the Engineer shall have the right to require strengthening or replacement, at the Contractor's expense, of those portions of the structure which failed to develop the required strength. 3A-11 Upon receipt of written request by the Contractor, substanda-d concrete work may be re-examinerl in place by non-destructive testing mc-thods or core samples in accordance with ACI 301. The Contractor shall retain the services of an inrlependent testing laboratory approved by the Engi- neer and shall bear all expenses without compensation from the Owner. Laboratory results shill be evaluated by the Engineer and the Engineer shall make the final decision on acceptability of the concrete in ques- tion. The Owner may withhold payment for any section of concrete that does not meet the requirements of these specifications for placement, lines, finishing, general workmanship or strength. Withheld payment shall he based on the unit prices bid for additional concrete and reinforcing skep 1. Payment shall be withheld until the unacceptable concrete has bep!r refinished, removed and replaced or otherwise brought into confor- mance with the specifications. g. Mixing Conditions: (1) General: The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for, immed ate use, and any concrete which is not in place within the time limits specified in paragraph g.4 shale not be used. Retempering of concrete will not be permitted. (2) Concrete Temperature; No concrete shall be placed when the temperature of the concrete to be placed is greater than 90 degrees F. or less than 50 degrees F. The temperature of the concrete to be placed will be taken by the Engineer using a thermometer immediately prior to placement with the point of measurement being in the chute or bucket. (3) Cold Weather; No concrete shall be mixed without the approval of the Engineer when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F. (taken in the shade away from artificial heat) and falling. If authorized by the Engineer, concrete may be mixed when the air tem- perature is at 35 degrees F. and rising. All cold weather concreting shall be done in accordznce with ACI-306. When permission is given for mixing when the air temperature is below 40 degrees F., all water used for mixing shall be heated to a temperature sufficient to raise the temperature of concrete to 70 degrees F., but the temperature of the mixing water shall not exceed 165 degreeF F. at the time 0 entering the mixer. If heating the mixing water only w~. not raise the placing temperature of the concrete tc 70 degrees F., then the aggregate must also be heated, either by steam or dry heat, to a temperature sufficient to raise the placing temperature of the concrete to the required temperature. In no case shall the aggregate temperature as it enters the mixer exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall be such as to heat the mess of the aggregate uniformly and pre- clude the occurrence of hot spots which will burn the material. Tem- peratures of transported concrete wall not be less than 60 degrees F at the time of placing in the forms.'' Salts, chemicals or other foreign 3A-12 h. Test data and performance curves, .:here ;,pplicable. the above information, as applicable, shall tic pro'/hled for the fol- lowing equipment: (1) pumps (2) liquid chemi:al feed equipment i (3) valves and operators the operation and maintenance manuals shall be in aduition to any in- structions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered. Manuals shall be printed on heavy, first quality paper, 8-1/2 x 11 inch size with standard 3-hole punching. Drawings and diagrams shall be reduced to 8-1/2 :c 11 inches or 11 x 17 inches. Where reduction is not practicable, larger drawings shall be folded separately, and placed in envelopes which are bound into the manuals. Each envelope shall bear suitable identification on the outside. Two preliminary copies of each manual, temporarily bound in heavy paper covers bearing suitable identification, shall be submitted to the Engi- neer at the time of shop drawing submittal. After review by the Engi- neer, four final copies of each operation and maintenance manual shall be prepared and delivered to the Engineer at the time of shipment of the equipment to the plant site. The final manuals shall be bound in stiff artificial black leather, metal hinged hinders, equivalent to Pilgram Self-Expanding Fastlock Binders, 3-post style. END OF SECTION I 113-6 materials di.ilI not be mixed with the concrete for purpose of preventing freezing. 'Adequate mn,urs shall be provided to maintain the concrete and the surrounding air at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. for a minimum of 3 days. (4) Hot Weather: Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity that in the judgment of the ''ngineer would impair the quality of the concrete. All hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI-305. Con- crete shall be placed in the forms without the addition of any more water than required by the design (slump). No excess water shall be added on the concrete surface for finishing. Control of initial set of the concrete and extending the time for finishing operations may be accomplished with the use of an approved water-reducing and set-retarding admixture as specified above. Maximum time intervals between the addition of mixing wat,ar and/or cement to the batch, ind the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time From _ (whichever higher) Addition of Water to Placement Non-Agitated Concrete Up to 80° ic. 30 Minutes Over 80° F. 15 Minutes llgitet^d Concrete Up to 75° F. 90 Minutes 75° to 89° F. 60 Minutes Over 90° F. (max. permissible concrete temperature) 45 Minutes The use of an approved set-retarding admixture will permit the extension of the above time maximums by 30 minutes, for_agitated concrete only, Under extreme hot temperature, wind, or humidity conditions, the Engi- neer may require the use of the set-retarding agent, or may suspend concreting operations if quality of the concrete being placed is not, acceptable. G. °niUr:NG~_MEASURING AND MIX1tIG: a. General: If operated on the job site, the batching plant shall be located in an area approved by the Engineer. Separate bins or compartments shall be provided for each size or clas0 - fication of aggregate and for bulk portland cement when used, The 3A-13 T1.` compartments shall be of ample size and so constructed that there is no mixing or mingling of the materials being batched during operations. The batching plant shall be equipped so that the flow of each material into the batcher is stopped automatically when the designated weight has been reached. Aggregate may be weighr;d in separate weigh ba+chers with individual scales, or cumulatively in one weigh batcher on one scale. Bulk portlaid cement shall be weighed on a separate scale in a separate weigh batcher. Water may be measured by weight or by volume. If measured by weight, it shall not be weighed cumulatively with another ingredient. Batching controls shall be so interlocked that the charging mechanism cannot be opened until the scales have returned to zero. These requirements can be satisfied by a semi-automatic batching system as defined in the Concrete Plant Standards of the Concrete Plant Manu- facturer's Bureau, Sixth Revision, (Dec. 1, 1977) with interlocking as described above, or by an automatic batching system as defined in the Concrete Plant Standards. The plant hall be arranged so as to facili- tate the inspection of all operations at all times. Suitable facilities shall be provided for obtaining representative samples of aggregate from each of the bins or compartments for test purposes. Delivery of materials from the batching equipment shall be within the following limits of accuracy; Material Percent Cement 1 Water I Aggregate Admixtures 3 When aggregates are weighed cumulatively, the limit for aggregate ap- plies to the total weight in the batcher after each aggregate size has been batched. b. Water Batcher and Admixture Dis enser: Equipment for batching water and the a r-entraining admixture shall be provided at the batching plant or included with the paving mixers or truck mixers as required for the type of plant used. C. Water Batchers: A suitable wafer measuring device shall tie provided which will be capable of measuring the mixing water within the specified requirements for each batch. The mechanism for doliveriny water to the mixers shall be such that leakage will not occur when the valves are closed. The filling and discharge valves for the water batcher shall be so interlocked that the discharge valve cannot be opener: before the filling valve is fully closed. d. Admixture Dispenser: A suitable device for measurinri and dispensing the aTr-entra n ng admixture shall be provided. lte device shall be capable of ready adjustment to permit varying the quantity of admixture to be batched. The dispenser for air-entraining admixtures shall be interlocked with the batching and discharging operations of the water so that the batching and discharging of the admixture will be automatic. 3A-14 e. Moisture Control: the plant shall be capable of ready ad- justment to compensate for the varying moisture contents of the aggre- gate, and to change the weights of the materials being batched, An electric moisture meter -,hall be provided for measurement of moisture in the fine aggregate. The sensing element shall be arranged so that the measurement is made near the batcher charging gate of the sand bin or in the sand batcher. f. Scales: Adequate facilities shall be provided for the ac- curate measurement and control of each of the materials entering each batch of concrete. The accuracy of the weighing equipment shall conform to the applicable requirements of National Bureru of Standards Handbook 44 for such equipment. The Contractor shall provide s0ndard test weights and any other auxiliary equipment required for checking the operating performance of each scale or other measuring device. Periodic tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer in such a manner and at such intervals as may be directed. Upon completion of each check test and before further use of the indicating recording or cont,•ol devices, the Contractor shall make such adjustments, repairs or e- placements as may be required to secure satisfactory performance. Each weighing unit shall include a visible springless dial which shall indi- cate the scale load at all stages of the weighing operation, or shall include a beam scale with a beam balance indicator which will show the scale in balance at zero load and at any beam setting. The indicator shall have an over and under travel equa; to at least 5 percent of the capacity of the beam. The weighing equipment shall be arranged so that the plant operator can conveniently observe all dials or indicators. g, Recorders: An accurate recorder or recorders shall produce a graphical or d g tal record of the scale reading after each of the aggregates and cement has been batched prior to delivery to the miner and after the batchers have been discharged (return to zero reference). The weight or volume of water shall also be recorded if batched at a central batching plant. Recorders shall conform to the following de- tailed requirements. Each recorder shall be housed in a cauinet which shall be capable of being locked. the charts or tapes shall clearly indicate the different types of mixes used by stamped letters, numerals, colored ink or by other suitable means. The charts or tapes shall he so marked that v riations in batch weights of each type of ruin. can be readily observed. The charts or tapes shall show time of day (stamped or pre-urinted) at intervals of not more than 15 minutes. The recorded charts or tape. shall become the property of the Owner. (lie recorders shall be placed in a position convenient for observation by the plant operator and inspector. M-115 This requirement may be deleted by the Engineer if satisfactory evidence is presented to demonstrate consistent performance (if the plant. h. Mixir~_and Mixing E~ruipment: Mixers may be stationary mixers, truck mixers, or paving mixers of approved design. Mixers shall be capable of combining the materials into a uniform mixture and of dis- charging this mixture without segregation. Stationary a;,d paving mixers shall be provided with an acceptable device to lock the discharge mecha- nism until the required mixing time has elapsed. [ruck mixers shall be equipped with accurate revolution counters. The mixers or mixing plant shall include a device for antomatically counting the total number of batches of concrete mixed. The mixers shall be operated at the drum or mixing blade :;peed designated by the manufacturer on the name plate. The mixing time for stationary mixers shall be based upon the ability of the mixer to produce uniform concrete throughout the batch and from batch to batch, For guidance purposes, the Manufacturer's recommenda- tions or 1 min. for 1 cu. yd. plus 1/4 min. for each additional cu, yd. may be used. Final mixing time shall be based on mixer performance. Mixers shall not be charged in excess of the capacity recommended by the manufacturer on the specification plate attached to the macnine. When a stationary mixer is used for partial mixing of the concrete (shrink mixed) the mixing time in the stationary mixer may be reduced to the minimum necessary to intermingle the ingredients (about 30 seconds). When a truck mixer is used either for complete mixing (transit-mixed) or I to finish the partial mixing done in a stationary mixer, in the absence of uniformity test data, each batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at the rate of rota- tion designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as mixing speed. If the batch is at least 112 cubic yard less than the rated capacity, in the absence of uniformity test data, the number of revolutions at mixing speed may be reduced to not less than 50. Any additional mixing shall be done at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. When necessary nor proper control of the concrete, mixing of transit mixed concrete will not he permitted until the truck mixer is at the site of the concrete placement, i, sampling: Suitable facilities shall be provided for readily obtaining representative samples of aggregate from each of the weigh batchers for test purposes. Suitable facilities shall be provided for, obtaining representative samples of concrete for uniformity tests. All necessary platforms, tools, and equipment for obtaining sarrples shall be furnished by the Contractor 7, GENERAL CCNSiRUCi1ON REQUIREMENTS: a. Approval b Engineer; Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully as to the type of forms, falsework, and methods of construction he proposes to use, and as to the amount and character of equipment he proposes to use, the adequacy of whirh shall 3A- 1G be subject to the approval of the Engineer. the Con tr'acto r shall sub- mit, for the Engineer's approval, a schedule showing the sequence of concrete placer,rcnts. Approval of forms, falsework, rind methods of construction by the Engineer shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor of the responsibility for the safety or correctness of his methods and adequacy of his equipment, or from carrying out the work in full accordance with the Contract. b. Time Sequence of Operations: Unless otherwise provided, the following requiiemenLs shall govern for the time sequence in which construction op~•ratijns shall be carried on. Forms for walls or columns shall not be en cted on concrete footings until the concrete in the footing has cured at least two curing days. Concrete may be place,i in a wall or column as soon as the forms and reinforcing steel placements are approved. Steel beams or forms and falsework for superstructures small not be erected on concrete substructures until the concrete in the sub- structure hds cured at least four curing days, Approved falsework required for superstructures shall not be erected until the substructure has cured 4 curir3 days and shell not be removed until the superstructure has cured ; days. The use of completed portions of a structure as the site for mixing operations or for storage of materials will not be permitted without the Engineer's approval. C. ix ansion Joints and Devices: i (1) General Requirements: Expansion joints and devices to provide for expansion and contract Ton shall be constructed where and as indicates on the Plans. All Joints constructed open, which are to be left open or filled with poured ,joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. In order to avoid jamming such forms by the expansion action of the concrete and the consequent likelihood of injury to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be removed or loosened as soon as practicable after the concrete has attained its initial set. A provision for loosening the forms to permit free expansion of the concrete without the necessity for full removal is preferred. (2) Workmanship: Armored joints shall be carefully con- structed in order to avoid defective anchorage of the steel and to avoid porous or honeycombed concrete adjacent to same. Fremolded materials, wherever used, shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by means of an approved adhesive, Such anchorage shall be suffi- cient to preclude the tendency of the material to fall out of the joint. Careful workmanship shall be exercised in the construction of all joints to insure that the concrete sections are completely separated by an open joint, or by the joint materials, and to insure that the joints will be true to the outline indicated. Immediately after the removal of forms, and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting con- crete shall be removed along the exposed edges, of premolded materials in order to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joint. Where roof- ing felt or premolded materials are specified for horizontal joint,, the material shall, if practicable, extend two inches beyond the ;orm for 3A-17 the top mernber. The projecting portion shall be subsermently trimmed to the face of the member after the forms are removed. (3) Lmbedded Items: Before concrete placem;,it begins all embedded items, i.e., water stops, anchor bolts, mechanical and elec- trical inserts shall be checked to determine that they are firmly and securely fastened at the locations shown on Lhe plans. They must be free of oil, rust and anything else that would prevent proper bonding to the concrete. Voids, when required shall be made by use of some easily removed material. (4) Aluminum in Contact with or Embedded in Concrete: Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded in concrete, all contact surfaces shall be painted with zinc: chromate primer in accordance with United States Joint Army-Navy Sper.i- fication JAN-P-735. The paint shall be allowed to thoroughly dry before the aluminum is placed in contact with the concrete. Aluminum surfaces to be placed in contact with concrete, wood, or masonry construction, except where the aluminum is to be embedded in concrete, shall be given a heavy coat of an alkali-resistant bituminous paint before installation. The bituminous paint used shall meet the require- ments of United States Military Specification MIt-P-6883. The paint shall be applied as it is received from the manufacturer without the addition of any thinner. All steel or other ferrous metal to be mounted on or placed in contact with dry/cured concrete such as valve operator floor stands, electrical switchgear, etc., shall be painted on the mounting surface in accordance with PAINTING Specification for exterior metal surfaces in non critical areas. d. Construction Joints: The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact-with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. When concrete in a structure or a portion of a structure is specified to be monolithic, the term monolithic shall be interpreted to mean that the manner end sequence of concrete placing shall be such that construction joints will not occur. Construction joints shall be of the type and spacing shown on the plans. Additional horizontal and vertical const.-action joints will be consi- dered by the Engineer upon request, but shall not be used without prior written approval of the Engineer. [tie locations and elevations of additional construction joints shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Construction joints shall be neatly chamfered three-eighths of an inch (3/8") as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shill be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints except horizontal ,joints. Horizontal construction joints shall tie prepared for receiv*.ng the succeeding lift by cleaninq by air-water cutting. The air-water .uttinq 3A-I8 of a construction joint shall be done at the proper time The surface shall be exposed sound, clean aggregate. The air pressure supply to the jet shall be approximitely one hundr,!d (100) pounds per square inch, and the water pressure shall be just sufficient to bring the water into effective influence of the air pressure. After cutting, the surface shall be washed until there is no trace of cloudiness of the wash water. In areas where air-water cutting cannot be satisfactorily accomplished, or in areas where it is considered undesirable by the Engineer to dis- turb the surface of the concrete before it has hardened, the surface shall be prepared for receiving the next lift by wet sand blasting to remove ill laitance and unsound concrete immediately prior to playing of the next lift. The surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly washed after sand b'iasting to remove all loose material. Immediately prior to the placing of additional concrete, all forms shall be drawn tight against the concrete in place, and the surfaces of the concrete in place shall be flushed with a coating of grout mixed in the r•roportions of one part of cement to two parts of sand. If shown on the plans, construction joints shall be provided with con- crete keyways, reinforcing steel dowels, and waterstops. The method of forming keys in keyed joints shall be such as to permit the easy removal of forms without chipping, breaking, or damaging the concrete in any manner. 8. PLACING CONCRETE a. General Requirements: (.l) Preliminary Consideration: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete so that inspection may be made as early as is practicable. The Contractor shall also keep the Engineer informed regarding his anticipated concrete placing scheeule. When all items have been found to be in order by the Engineer including lines and grades, forms, reinforcing, inserts, piping, electrical, plumbing and the Contractor's concreting materials and equipment, the Engineer will then authorize the Contractor to proceed. Unless authorizer) by the Engineer, no concrete shall be placed in ~,ny unit prior to the comple- tion of all form-work and the placement of all reinforcement in that unit. No concrete shall be placed before the completion of all adjacent operations which might prove detrimental to the concrete. Whenever it is necessary to continue the mixing, placing, and finishing of concrete after the diylight hours, the site of the work shall be brilliantly lighted so that all operations are plainly visible. In general, how- ever, concrete placing shall be so regulated as to permit finishing operations to be completed in the daylight hours. The Engineer reserves Mi right to order postponement of the placing operations when, in his opinion, impending weather conditions may result in rainfall or low temperatures which will impair the quality of the finished work. In case rainfall should occur after placing operation,i are started, the Contractor shall provide amble covering to protect the work. 3A-19 (2) Cleaning Forms: At the time of placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely fr•ce from all chips, dirt, sawdust, and other extraneous matter. Forms for slab, beam and girder construc- tion shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails, matches or any other matter whatsoever which would mar the appearance of the finished con- struction. All forms shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engi- neer, and kept free of foreign matter of all kinds during concrete placing. (3) fmbedded Items: Before placing concrete, care shall be taken to determiire that all embedded Items are firmly and securely fastened in place. All embedded items shall be thoroughly c'.-an and free of oil and other foreign material. Anchor bolts shall be set to exact locations by the use of suitable anchor bolt templates, or as otherwise shown on the plans. b. Handlin and Transportin : Chutes, troughs, or pipes used as aids in placing concrete shall be arranged and used so that the ingre- dients of the concrete will not be segregated. they shall be steel or steel lined. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with haffles or made in short lengths that rev rse the dir- ection of movement. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in the forma, and the ends of such chutes shall terminate in vertical downspouts All chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from coatings of har- dened concrete by a thorough flushing with water before and after place- ment. Water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the concrete in place. Non-agitating trucks shall be used only when authorized by the Engineer with due consideration of the length of haul, roughness of roads, and design of trucks proposed. Pumping of concrete will be permitted, subject to approval of the pumping equipment by the Engineer. the placing of concrete for floor slabs preferably shall be done by a mixing plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches on completed concrete floor slab will not be permitted until the slab has aged at least four curing days. Unless pneumatic tired carts a ,e useu, the carts shall be wheeled on tinber planking so that the load3 and impact will be distributed over the slab. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. C. Depositing: The method and manner of placing shall be such as to avoid the possibility of segregation or separation of the aggregate or tha displa.ement of the reinforcement. In thin walls, drop chutes of rubt,er or metal shall be used. The spattering of forms or reinforcement bars shall be prevented if the concrete so scattered will dry or harden before being incorporated in the mass. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete directly as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point In the forms and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. After the cuncrete has taken initial set, the forms shall riot be jarred or any 3A-20 ~t strain placed on projecting reinforcement. Where the Contractor's operations involve the placing of concrete from above, that is, directly into an excavated area or through the completed forms, particularly '.n the case of walls, piers, columns, and similar structures, all concrete so placed shall be deposited through vertical drop r.hutes of rubt•,er or metal of satisfactory size. Drop chutes shall be m•,rle in sections or provided in several lengths so that the outlet m,), he adjusted to proper heights during placing operations. Concrete shall not be dropped free more than five (5) feet. Concrete shall be placed in continuous hori- zontal layers with a depth of from 1 to 3 feet, del,f,nding upon the wall thickness. Each layer t,hall tie soft when a new lsirrr is placed anon it, and unless otherwise specified herein or by the tnrlinrrr~r, not more thalr one hour shall elapse between the pacing of suc.crr~.ive layers of con- crete in ariy portion of the structures included in +r continuous place- ment. the Contractor should avoid additional cor,strur.tion joints other than those shown on plans by placing required sections of piers, walls, or superstructures in one continuc.is operation. If excessive uleeding causes water to form o;r the surface of the con- crete in tall rorms the mix shall be made drier to reduce the bleeding. In tall :galls the concrete shall be placer to a point about a foot below the top of the wall, and at least one hour, or more if specified by the Engineer, shall be allowed for settling. Concreting should then be resumed and completed before set occurs. d. Consolidal-ing: (1) General: Each layer of concrete shall be well compacted and the mortar flushed to the surface of the forms by continuous working with mechanical vibrators of an approved type. Vibrators of the type which operate by at',,chment to forms will be permitted only when immer- sicn type vibrators cannnt be used due to inaccessibility. The vibra- tors shall be applied to the concrete immediately after deposit and shall be moved throughout the layer of concrete just pl&a~ed, and several inches into the plastic layer below, thoroughly working the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms until the concrete is thoroughly compacted. Mechan- ical vibrators shall not be operated so that they will penetrate or disturb layers placed previously which have become partially set or gardened, and they shall not be used to aid the flow of concrete later- ally. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement and fix° tu,,es, but shall not be done to an extent that will cause segregation. Vibrators shall be kept constantly noving in the concrete and shall be applied vertically at points uniformly spaced, not farther apart than the 'Amos over which tl;e vibrator is visibly effective. the vibrator 01,111 not be 1w1d in one locatir;n longer than is rc,rjriired to produce a 1 it{rii f ied appearance on the surface. (2) Vibrators: Internal vibrators shall maintain a frequency When submerged iii the concrete of not less than 6,000 impulses per minute for spuds with diameters greater than 5 inches and 10,000 im- 3A-21 Pulses for smaller spuds. The intensity (amplitude) of vibration shall be sufficient to produce satisfactory consolidation. A sufficient number of vibrators (powered pneumatically or electrically) shall be used to provide one for each ten cubic yards of concrete per hour being placed. At least one vibrator, which may be of the gasoline powered type, shall be immediately available as a standhy for each two vibrators in service. The Engineer may require the Contractor to use a vibrator of larger size and power it he feels, based on obsr.rvecd performance, that it is necessary to produce satisfactory consolirfatinn. All vibra- tors intended for regular service or standby servir_o shall be checked and approved by the Engineer prior to the i)erlinninrf r,f the concreting op,rations. Q. Placing Concrete in Cold Weather; No concrete shall be plar-;rd when the atmospheric temperature is at or below 40 degrees F. (taken in the shade away from artificial heat) and falling, unle3s permission to do so is given in writing by the Engineer. When such permission is given, or in cases where tar_ temperature drops below 40 degrees F. after the concreting operations have been started, the Contractor sha" fur- nish sufficient canvas and framework or other type of housing to enclose anu p;vtect the structure in such a way that the air around the forms and fresh concrete can be kept at a temperaNure not less than 50 degrees F. for k, period of five days after the concrete is placed for normal concrete, and for three days for high-early-strength concrete. Suffi- cient heating apparatus such as stoves, salamanders, or steam equipment and `oel to furnish all required heat shall be supplied. It is under- stoad that the Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer to place concrete during freezing weather will in no way re- lieve the Contractor of the responsibility for satisfactory results. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced. f. Placing Concrete in Water: Concrete may be deposited in water only when required by the plans or with the permission of the Engineer. The forms, cofferdams, or caissons shall be sufficiently tight to pre- vent any water flowing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted while the concrete is being placed, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be carefully placed in a compact mass by means of a tremie, closed bottom-dumping bucket, or other approved method that does not permit the concrete to fall through the wate~ without protection. The concrete shall not be disturbed after being ',nosited. Depositing shall be regulated to maintain approximately hurizontal surfaces at all times. When a tremie is used, it shall consist of a tube constructed in sec- tions having watertight connections. The means of s~ipportinl the tremie shall permit the movement of the discharge end over the entire tol, surface of the work and shall permit the tremie to be rapidly lower9d when necessary to choke off or retard the flow. The number of times it is necessary to shift the location of the tremie, for any continuous placement of concrete, shall be held to a minimum. During the placing of concrete, the tremie tube shall be kept full to the bottom of the 3A-2.2 hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the tremie shall be slightly raised, but not out of the concrete at the bottom, until the batch discharges to the level of the bottom of the hopper. The flow shall then be stopped by lowering the tremie. The glaring operations shalt be Continuous until the work is completed. Whon concrete is placed by means of the bottom- diump- bucket, the bucYeL Shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. The bucket shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it, rests upon the concrete already placed. it st ill then be raised very slowly clurinq f.I,r discharge travel; the intent being to maintain es nearly as possible, ,Lill water at the point of d:scharge and to avoid arlitatiny the rnix.trrrr., q. Placing Concrete in Slabs: Concrete in columns, walls, and deep beams ~~r girders shall be allowed to stand for ;it least one hour, or more if specified by the Fngineer, to permit full settlement du(. to consolidation before concrete is placed in the slab-, they are to sup- port. Haunches are considered as part of the slab and shall be placed integrally with them. when monolithic slabs are placed in strips, the widths of the strips, unless otherwise specified or shown, shall be such that the concrete in any one strip will not be allowed to lie in place for more than one hour before the adjacent strips are placed. Irrmedi- ately before placing concrete, the earth cushion to receive concrete shall be thoroughly dampened to prevent too rapid absorption of moisture from the concrete. h. Placing Concrete in Foundations: Concrete in deep foundations shall be placed in a manner that will avoid segregation of the aggregates or displacement of the reinforcement. Suitable chutes or vertical pipes shall be provided. When footings can be placed in dry foundation pits without use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. The placing of concrete bases above Seel courses will be permitter; after the forms are free from water and the seal course cleaned, Any necessary pumping or +)ailing during the concreting operations shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. i. Placing Concrete in Piers: Concrete placing shall be as continuous as practicable from the beginning of planing in the bottom to the top of shaft or to construction joints as may be indicated on the plans. Time intervals will be allowed for vibrating or rodding the concrete being placed, for, pulling casing, for placing forms and other operations necessarily carried on in sequence with the placing operations. Concrete shall be placed through a suitable trrrnie tube to prevent segregation of concrete materials ,and unnecessary splashing on tho reinforcing steel cafe. The tremie stealI be mini, in ;erticns to permit the discharge end to be rain«d as the pL11 onmellt l,r~,~lrr~ssesThe m:rxirIItlq allowable fall from the er,ri of tremie for 'she concrete will he five (5) feet. 3A-23 Wherever a casing is used, the casing should extend sufficiently above the grade of the finished shaft to provide excess concrete to be placed for the anticipar.ed slump due to the casing removal. Where a cap block or groundline strut is shown on the plans to be placed at the top of the drilled shaft, and the cap or strut is shown to be placed monolithi: with the drillyd shaft, a time interval will be al- lowed for placing the required form and reinforcing after any necessary casing removal. After a placement is cnn,i,leted, the tnir Surface shell he cured and any construction joint area shall he treated as prescrihed elsewhere in these specifications. IhPse specifications are written based on the asswn11tion that ground water can be sealed off in the foundation materials using a casing with proper procedure, with good equipment, and with pers)nnel experienced in this type of work. It will be required that the concrete be placed in the dry in accordance with the specifications if at all possible. In the event it is clearly demonstrated that ground water cannot be sealed off because of the nature of the foundation formation, the Engineer shall he agreeable to pouring the shaft concrete through water providing the following procedure is followed. (1) The bottom of the shaft hole shall be cleaned of mud, and loose material. Wacer shall be pumped out as much as possible immedi- ately ahead of concrete placing to insure that the bottcm is in satis- factory condition. Flowing water is not permitted. (2) The specifications, and procedure required for under water pouring of concrete will be as specified above for "Placing Con- crete in Water." 9. CONCRETE FINISHING: a. Type of Finishes: (1) General: Except as elsewhere permitted in these specifi- cations, plans, or by direction of the Engineer, finishes shall be an integral part of a concrete placing. The following schedule of finishes shall be used where applicable unless otherwise specified, amen6,d, or extended. (2) S_creediny: Screeding is an operation normally associated with horizontal concrete surfaces such as slabs. Screeding shall be doge as soon as concrete has been approximately leveled. The screed shall be designed adaptable to the use intended, shell have provisions for vertical adjustment, and shall he sufficiently rigid to remain true to shape during use. The screed shall be vertically adjusted so as to leave the concrete sur- face at an elevation slichtly above grade after the initial strike off 3A-24 to allow for consolidation and finishing. Continue screeding and tamp- ing alternately or in unison until the concrete is properly consolidated and surface voids are. eliminated. The surface shall then be brought to a smooth, true all'inment by means of longitudinal screeding, then fin- ished as specifically required. (3) Smooth Form Finish: All concrete surfaces are to have a "smooth form finish" as covered by ACI 301. Patching tie holes, fin rr.moval and other touch-up shall proceed irrmediotely after form rerroval. (4) Rouyh form Finish: Rou(jh form finish i,, permitted only wntre called for' on the plan,. (5) Wood Float Finish: Surfaces shall be finishorl using a wood float to a 6,1,e ever. plane with no coarse aggr•eoat.e visible. Sufficient pressure shall be used on the wood float to bring all excess moisture to the surface sc that it can be removed. the surface shall 11ave a uniform appearance and shall meet the straightness requirements. (G) Steel Trowel Finish: After all surface moisture has disappeared following the wood float finish, surfaces shall be steel t+,owelled to a smooth, even impervious finish, free from blemishes including trowel marks. Where indicated on the plans, or herein else- where specified, a floor hardener shall be applied to slabs receiving a s'.eel trowel finish. (7) Brush Finish: Following the steel trowel finish, surface of the concrete shall be brushed lightly with a soft-bristled brush, The brush shall be kept clean and shall be dipped in water frequently so that it will be clean and wet at all times. Brushing shall be limited to that necessary to remove the glaze and produce a non-slip surface. (8) Power-Machine Finish (Option : In lieu of hand fin- shing, surfaces of slabs may be finished by using an approved power finishing machine in accordance with the directions of the machine manufacturer. the preparation of concrete surfaces for finishing by machine shall in general be as hereinbefore required for hand finishing, and ;he finish shall be of the quality required for the specific surface, (9) Plaster Mix Finish: Areas designated to receive this finish are to receive a two (2) coat application of THOROSEAL PLASTER MIX, 1/8" to 1/4" in thickness, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Form treatments or curing compounds shall not contain any ingredients which might stain or otherwise prevent a good bond to the concrete. Do not apply whey: temperature is 40° f within 24 hours after application, Prepare surface according to manufacturer'; recon)- ~ n.r~ndation~,. i Apply a kc!y coat of iHOROSEAI. at a rate of 2 lbs. per sq, yard by brush using 1 part ACRYE 50 to 3 parts of clean water. Allow this coat, to dry 5 days. i 3A-25 Next apply a trowel coat of THOROSEAI PLASTER MIX using a solution of 1 part of ACRYL 60 and 3 parts clean water. Apply at the rate of 4 to L lbs. of mix per sq. yard. Apply and cure according to manufacturer's recommendations. (10) Chemical-Hardener Finish: Apply chemical-hardener finish to interior concrete floors where shown on the drawiorls or in schedules. Apply liV ' did chemical-hardener after complete ctiring and drying of the concrete surface. Dilute the liquid hardener with water, and apply in 3 coats; first coat, 1/3 slrenrlth; second coat, 112 strvrulth; third coat, 2/3 strength. Evenly apply each Gnat, and allow 24 hnurs for drying between coals. Apply proprietary chemical-hardeners, in accordance with the manufac- turer's printed directions. After the final coat of chemical-hardener solution is applied and dried, remove surplus hardener by scrubbing and mopping with water. b. Finish Slabs-Float Finish: Except as hereinafter set north where it is necessary that slabs shall receive a special finish, as soon as concrete placing operations have been completed for a slab section of sufficient width to permit finishing operations, the concrete shall be approximately leveled and then struck off, tamped, and screeded using a longitudinal screed as described under types of finishing for concrete. The surface shall then be brought to a smooth true alignment by means of longitudinal screeding, floating, belting, and/or other methods approved by the Engineer. When templates are used, they shall be of such design as to permit early removal in order to avoid construction joints and to permit satisfactory finishing at and adjacent to the site of the template. While the concrete is still plastic, the surface shall be straightedged by the use of a standard ten (10') foot metal straightedge. Ordinates measured from the face of a straightedge to the surface of the slab shall at no place exceed one-sixteenth (1/16") inch per foot from the nearest point of contact, and in no case shall the maximum ordinate to a ten (10') foot straightedge be greater than une-eighth (1/6") inch. Deviations in excess of permissible variations shall be corrected. the final surface finish of the slab shall be done after the initial straight- ening. and correcti adjusting, if required, is completed. Where indicated on the p1L s, slabs shall be s')ped to provide drainage, with such slabs to have a minimum thickness of that shown on the plans. C. Finishing Slabs - Steel ,rowel Finish: Slabs to receive 3 steel trowel finish shall first re..eive a float finish as specified above. A steel trowelled finish shall then be applied in accordance with ACI 301. d. Finishing Concretr_ Surfaces: Concrete surfaces shall be ished as specied herein: 3A-26 CONCRETE FINISH SCHEDULE Typr of Finish Location Smooth Form and Plaster Mix Finish: All exposed vertical surfaces to V -O" hr,low ground surfacri or normal ,r,rler level Float: Roof slal,~,, /ault and manhole top slabs:, of walls, ex- terior ex.cep'. working platforms Steel lrowcl Finish: All interiror slabs and steps Brush Finish: Exterior steps, walkways, and working platforms Irl, CURING CONCRETE: a. General Requirements: Careful attention shall be given to the proper curing of all concrete. The curing methods shall use sheet materials conforming to ASTM 0171 or membrane curing comoourrd conforming to ASTM C309. Membrane curing is not permitted on surfaces to be rubbed or un surfaces on which additional concrete, mortar or terrazzo is to be applied. Unless the curing method is otherwise noted or specified the curing method shall be selected by the contractor and submitted to the Engineer for approval. b. Length of Curing Period: All concrete shall be cured for a period of seven consecutive days. In cold weather, when curing may be retarded this period shall be extended until 7 "curing-days" have passed, up to a limit of 14 consecutive days. C. Curing_Day: A "curing-day" shall be any day on which the atmospheric temperature taken in the shade, or the air temperature adjacent to the concrete, remains above 50 degrees F. for at least 18 hours. d. Application: (1) Sheet_Curi_ng: Sheet materials when used shall conform to the requirements of ASTH 0171. They will be in cunLact with the entire concrete surface and shall he applied in accordance with Vie manufac- turer's recommewlations. All holes shall be patct,l and where pedes- trian traffic is unavoidable, suitable walkways shall he provided to protect the sheet material. 3A-27 (2) Membrane Curing: Membrana curing compound shall comply with AS1M C309 Specifications with coloring tint, approved by the Engi- neer, ready for, use other, than stirring, and of such composition that it will remain intact as a sealing coat for 28 days. An acceptable car, pound shall have such sealing qualities that th- noi•,ture loss from test specimens shall not be more than thre:, and one-hr,lf 1)4-rcent when tested in accordance with Method of Test for Water Retent.iun Efficiency of Methods of Curing Concrete, AS1M Designation C156 whr,n the sealing compound is applied at a coverarje of one-hundr•ed and fifty square feet per gallon. The sealing compound shall be sprayed on, using pressure- tank type sprayinq equipmcnL, and the sealinq compoood shall be thor- oughly mixed just before and during applicatinn by either a power- operated mechanical stirrer or compressed air. Curing compound shall be strained through gasoline strainer as it is poured into spraying erluip- ment. Application of the seal coat shall be on a moist surface, shall be uniform as indicated by the color, and shall be at the rats of one gallon per 150 square feet, applied in one coat on horizontal surfaces. On vertical surfaces curing compound shall be applied unifo°mly in two coats at the rate of 300 square feet per gallon for each coat. The application of the curing compound shall follow immediately after re- moval of forms and preparation of concrete surface as specified. Within thirty minutes after form removal on any surface to be cured by mem- bra-re, patching shall be commenced or the surface shall be kept wet by sprinkling until patching is commenced. Curing compound shall be ap- plied immediately after any patch is made unless other curing is pro- vided, Seal coats shall remain in place and be protected against abrasive action for a period of 28 days if in an area where 14-day curing is required and 14 days if in an area where 7-day curing is required. Seal coats on slabs shall be protected by a one-inch layer of sand or earth or by other approved means. The protective coating shall not be placed sooner than 24 hours after the seal coat has been applied. Any damages to the membrane coating within the period of time noted above shall be repaired immediately by a liberal application of the compound. 11. FILLING TIE HOLES: After the tie rods are broken back or removed, the holes shall be filled solid with non-shrink cement-sand mortar thoroughly cleaned to remove all grease and loose particles then the mortar, shall be as dry as practicable and carefully packed into '.he holes in small quantities. After the holes are completely filled, all excess mortar shall be struck off flush and to. surface finished in such a manner as to render the filled hole as inconspicuous as possible. If these patches appear to be darker than the other' surface of the concrete, white cement shall be used in the mortar' as regrrrred. 12. DFFECIIVF WORK: d. General: luny defective %-,ork discovered after the forms have been removed sh-:01 be repaired imo,,-diately. If the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing, or form marks, which defects in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be repaire„ saLis- factorily, the entire section shall tie removed and replaced. 3A-28 b. PatchinU: Sl-ght honeycomb and minor defects in all concrete surfaces shall be patched with cement mortar mixed in the same propor- tions of cement and fine aggregate as the original concrete. Finished surfaces containing sand streaks or voids will not be acceptable, and shall be repaired by cutting out the unsatisfactory material and re- placing it with dry pack mortar which shall be securely keyed and bonded to the old concrete and finished in such a manner as to render the jointing as inconspi(.ucus as possible. This concrete shall be drier than the regula mixture and shall be thoroughly tamped into place. Each defective area shall be cut back with I,neumatic chipping tool as deep as the defect extends and in no ease less than one inch. The holes shall then be painted with an approved bonding agenL, such as Darweld C, and then filled to within three-fourths inch of the surface with ap- hroved non-shrink mortar as directed by the Engineer and the remainder of the hole filled with regular dry pack mortar. Holes less than Lhree-fourths inch deep shall he filled with non-shrink cement-sand mortar for the full depth. The surface of such patches shall then be finished as specified for tie holes. All dry pack mortar shall be driven into place with suitable hammer and wooden blocks. ENO OF SECTION 3A-29 SECTION 3B - CONCRETE FORMW(tK 1, SCOPE. the work covered by this item consists of furnishing all material and labor required for forming, tieing, bracing and supporting the wet concrete, the reinforcing steel and all embedded items until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to permit form rernuvai, 2. GOVERNING STANDARDS: Ail forminrl materials, ar.ce;sorie-, anil t1w it use shat) conform to the requirements of: ACi-347 Concrete Foirlwork American Concrete Institutes, P. 0. Box 4754 Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 18219 RISC Manual of Steel CnnstruCtiofr American Institute of Steel Construction New York, New York AISI Cold-Fors d Steel Design Manual American ron and Steel Institute New York, New York 3, MATERIALS: a. Lumber: All lumber for forms and falsework shall be properly seasoned and of good quality. It shall be free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay, splits, and other imperfec- tions which would affects its strength or impair the finished surface of ' the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least one side and two edges, and shall be sized to uniform thick- ness. Lumber of nominal one-inch thickness or plywood of 3/4-inch thickness will be permitted for general use on tructure if backed by a sufficient number of studs and wales. b. Form Lining: Timber forms for exposed concrete surfaces which are to be given a rubbed finish, shall be facelined with an approved type of form lining m,iterial. If plywood is used for form lining, it shall be made with water proof adhesive, shall have a minimum thickness of one-fourth inch, and preferably shall be oiled at the mill and then re-oiled or lacquered on the job before using. If fiber board is used it shall be tempered Masonite Concrete Form Presdwood, having a minimum thickness of three-sixteenths inch and shall be thoroughly wet with water at least 12 hours before using. The water shall be applied to the screen side of the board and the boards shall lie stacked screen side to screen side. the smooth hard face shall he used as the contact surface of the form. If di" iced by the Contractor, SULK surfaces may he formed with threc- fourUhs inch thick plywood made with water proof adhesive backed with adequate studs and wales, keeping in mind th,t the greatest strength the outer plies should be at right angles to the studding, and in this case, form linirj will not be required. 3B-1 Idges and faces of adjacent panels shall be carefully aligned and the loints between panels shall be filled with patching plaster or cold w,iter putty to prevent leakage, and sanded lightly with No. 0 sandpaper to make the joints smooth. Forms which are being reused shall have all unused form tie holes filled and ;mouthed as described above so as to be norfectly smooth. C. Speciat_form_Lumber: (1) Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall by made of redwood, cypress, or pine materials of such gradr- that will r,r)t split then nailed and which can be maintained to a tlrle line without warping. The molding shall be mi11 cut and rir-esserl on all faces. Where ,Jiown c+n the plans, forms shall be filleted at sharp corners, both in~Trle and outside, and at eri4les, with triangular chamfer strips. The strips shad be of sizes indicated. All chamfer strips shall be thor- oughly oiled before installation on forms. (2) Forms for railings and ornamental work shall be con- structed to standards equivalent to first class mill wrk. All moldings, panel work, and bevel strips shall be straight and true with neatly mitered joints and of sch design that the finished work shall be true, sharp, and clean-cut, d. Carton Forms: Carton forms of corrugated fibreboard shall be used for slab and grade beam construction on drilled piers for buildings where shown on the plans. Carton forms shall be corrugated fibreboard void forms as fabricated and distributed by Savway Carton Forms, Inc., Dallas, Texas, and shall be not less than 6" in depth. Forms shall be impregnated throughout with paraffin and laminated with water resistant adhesive. Forms shall be designed to support the concrete loads plus a normal construction load. Fibreboard void forms are to be installed according to the manufacturers recommendations and in dry condition when concrete is poured. C. Metal Forms: The foregoing specifications for "Forms" as regards design, mortar-tightness, filleted c,rrn.ers, beveled projections, bracing, alignment removal, re-use, oiling, and wetting shall apply equally to metal forms. The metal used for forms shall be of such thickness that the forms will remain true to shape. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins, or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow remova', without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall nr;. ~e used. Special care shall be exorcised to keep metal free from ru,t, grease, or, other foreign mrterial such is, will tend to discolor the c~ :rota. f. Form Ties: Metal form ties of a type approver) by the Engineer shall be used _'Cu hold forms in place. Such ties shall have provision to permit ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. The use of wire form ties will not be permitted except by approval of the Engineer. 3B-2 All metal appliances used inside of the forms to hold them in correct ,alignment shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch from the ,urface of the concrete and shall be so constructed that metal may be removed without undue injury to the surface from chipping or spalling. Such devices, when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete •,urface not larger than seven-eighths inch in diameter. Burning off of rods, bolts, or ties will not be permitted. Metal ties shall be held in place by devices attached to wales. Each device shell be capable of developing the strength of the Lie. Metal rand woo(tr-n spreaders which ire separate from Lhe forms shall be wired to top of form and shall be entirely removed as the concrc,Ae is being placed. Where wire ties are permitted, all winos shill be cut back at least onr•-half inch from the face of the concrete with a sharp chisel of nippers. the use of metal form ties of a type that are encased in r,aperr or, ot.hoi material to allow the removal of complete tie, leavir,,; a holf, through the concrete struC- ture, will not be permitted in the construcLion of basement or water bearing walls. g. Form Oil: The oil used for this purpose shall be a light clear oil which c,Jll not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface or delay or impair curing operations. 4. STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS: a. Design Loads: Forms shall be designed for the pressure exert- ed by a ligcid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot, The rate of placing the concrete, temrierature of the concrete, and whether the concrete is vibrated or not, shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. An additional live I)ad of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used for the design of structures. b. Alignment Control: True alignment of walls and other vertical surfaces having straight lines or rectangular shapes shall be controlled by the following procedure: Forming shall be arranged with provisions for adjusting the horizontal alignment of a form after the form has been filled with concrete to grade, using wedges, turnbuckles, or other approved adjustment methods. The general procedure will be to establish a transit line or other approved reference such that ad,i{rct.ments can be made to do established line while the concrete in the top of the form is still plastic. Adjusting facilities shall be at intervals which will permit adjustments to a straight line. The Contractor shall be respon- sible for this alignment check, and shall furnish his own personnel for such checking and adjustment. Toleran.^ for the adjustment shall be suhjecl to the Engineer's approval. No forms will bE approved for pouring until adeyu,ite adjusting facilities are in plan-. C. Falsework: All falsework shall he designs,: d,11 constructed so that no excessive se ttIemenL or deformation will occur, and so Llit the necessary rigidity will be provided, 30-3 All timber used in falsework centering shall be sound, in good condi- tion, and free from defects which will impair its strength. Steel members shall he of adequate strength and of such shatx- as to be suit- able for the purpose intended, Timber piling ma,/ be of any species of wood which will withstand driving satisfactorily and which will ade-- quately support the suf)erirt,l,osed load. Where sills or timber (rillages are used to slfj)ort fat-o:,rork columns, such sills and r}rill ryes, unless founded on so'id ror.E, shale or other hard materials shall he placed in eycavated bits aril h,v,kfilled to prevent the softcninq of the supportir;rt material b,~ drip from thr~ forme, or by r.rirs that noay ocum during the construction l,roress. Sills or }rilla~les shall be of amble size to smfpurt, the superimposed load with- out ,eLt,lomeriL, Falsework which cnn,,ot be founded on a sMJ,factory sjpread fr,ntinq shall tre Su;lport•zd on piling which shall be driven to a bearing capacity sufficient to sui,lrort the s1Jperi111l'0se1J load without settlement. 5. GENIRAL REQUIREMENTS: a. Form Work: Forms shall be 6,-jilt mortar-Light and of material sufficient in strength co prevent bulging between supports. They shall be set and maintained to Lrre lines designated until the concrete is sufficiently hardened to permit form removal. During the elapsed time between the buildinu of the forms and tie placing of the concrete, the forms shall be maintained in a manner to eliminate warping and shrinking. if, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bu'- ng or sagging, that portion of the concrete causing such condition shah oe immediately remove-, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. Forms or form lumber, to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition as to accuracy, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. All forms shall be so constructed as to permit removal without damage to the concrete. Par- ticular and spacial care must be exer:iseci in framing forms for copings, offsets, railing and all ornamental work, so that there will be no damage to, or marring of, the concrete when the farms are removed. Whenever practicable, forms small be erected complete before the rein- forcement is placed. For narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not otherwise readily attainable, adequate cleanout openings shall be provided. b. Embedded Items: Before placing concrete, care shall be taken to determine that all embedded items are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated in the drawings or required by the Engineer. All embedded items shall be thoroughly clean and free of oil and other foreign matoria1, Anchor bolts shall he set to exact locations by the use Of suitahle •P1010V bolt templates, nr, as otherwise shorn en the i,laris. C. Flaciny_Reinforcement: Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be carefully and accuraf~ly placed and rigidly supported as pro- vided in the Section "Concrete rforcemr,nt." 3B•4 I d. Wetting and Oiling Forms: The facing of all forms shall be treated with a suitable form oil before concrete is plated. In hot weather, bith sides of the face forms may be required to be treated with oil to prevent warping and to secure tight ,joints. The oil shall be applied before the reinforcement is placed. In general, all surfaces of forms which will come in co.^tact with the concrete shall )e wetted immediately before the concrete is placed. C. Cleaning Forms: At the time of placing c.oncreti, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust, and other extraneous matter. Forms for slab, beam and rllyder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails, matches or any other matter whatsoever which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. All forms shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and kept free of foreign matter of all kids during concrete placing. t. Engineer's Approval: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placinq concrete so that inspection may be made as early as is practicable. When all items have been found to bE in order, the Engineer will auth- orize the contractor to proceed with the placement. 6. REMOVAL OF FORMS: Forms shall be removed in such a manner that the underlying con- crete surface is not marred or damaged in any way. Forms may be removed in not less than the number of days set forth in the fol- lowing table: Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to dead load moment may exist 7 days rorms for walls, columns, sides of piers, massive structural components and other members not re- sisting a bending moment during curing 1 day Forms for concrete of minor structural load carrying ieportance 1 day END CAF SECTION 33-5 SECTION 3C - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT I. SCOPE: the work covered by this item consists of furnishing all the reinforcing materials and labor required for cutting, bending, tieing, Splicing, placing and supporting the reinforcement in the material grades, sizes, quantities and locations as shown on the plans. 2. GOVERNING STANDARDS: All reinforcing materials and the cutting, bending, tieing, splicing, placing and supporting of same shall be in compliance with the following listed standards unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. The publications listed below are from: P.SfM - American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Pace St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. AC1 - American Concrete Institute, P.U. Box 4754, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Stec: Institute, 180 N. LaSalle St., Chicago, 111. 60601. AWS - American Welding Society, Inc., 2501 NW 7th St., MiF-mi, Fla. 33125 Other specifications and proprietary items are as noted. The Contractor shall maintain one (1) copy of each of the applicable standards at the construction field office or job site. I ASIM-A82 Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM-A185 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric Concrete Reirforcement ASIM-A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement AC1-315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing keinforced Concrete Structures ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concr?te AWS-D12.1 Reinforcing Steel Weldinq Code CRSI Manual of Standard Practice 3. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Storage: Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the sur- face of the ground upon platform skids, or other supports and shall be protected as far zl,i practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, it shall be free from dirt, scale, dust, paint, oil and other foreign material. All steel reinforcement shall be tagged and stored for ease of correlation with shop drawings. 3C-1 4. MATERIALS: a. Bars: All bar reinforcement shall conform to Deformed Billet- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, ASTM Designation A•615. Unless otherwise specified, bars shall be Grade 40 with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. b. Wire Fabric: Wire for fabric reinforcement shall be Cold-Drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for ':oncrete Reinforcement, ASTM Designation A-82, and Fabricated iii accor- dance with ASTM Designation A-185. C. Sup2_rts: Ear supports or chairs shall be furnished in accor- dance with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice. Bar supports which will be used in slabs or beams which will have a rubbed finish on the bottom side shall have uniform high density polyethylene tips on the legs. The tips shall be approximatary i/4-inch thick between the ends of the chair legs and the form, and shall be as manufactured by Plastichair or equal. 5. FABRICATION: a. Bending: The reinforcement shall be bent cold by machine to shapes indicated on the Plans. Bends shall be true to shapes indicated, and irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all hook and Bend Details and Tolerances shall conform to the requirements of ACI-315 and ACI-318. b. Shop Drawings: ThP Contractor or the Supplier shall prepare and submit detailed shop drawings for each detail of the general plans requiring the use of reinfurcing steel. Each sheet shall have a title. The shop drawings shall be submitted in triplicate by the Contractor for the review of the Engineer. After review and making any necessary corrections, six (6) corrected copies of the shop drawings shall be sub- mitted for final approval. The approved shop drawings will be distri- but(:d as follows: 2 - Engineer 3 - Contractor 1 - Owner the Shop Drawings shall conform to the recommendations of ACI-315. 6. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: a. Approval by the-Engineer: No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected and approved the placing of the rein- forcing steel and given permission to place concrete, Exposed rein- forcing steel intended for bonding with future extensions shall be effectively protected from corrosio+i, I 3C-2 b. Splices: (1) Lap S lives; No ;plicing of bars, incept whj:n shown on the Plans, will be permitted without the written approval of the Engi- neer. Approval of bar bending schedules or of placing drawings will constitute written approval. Lap splices which are permitted shall have a lap in accordance with the Table of Tension Bar Laps and Embedment as shown on the Plans. The bars shall,, be rigidly clamped or wired at all splices in a manner approved by the Engineer. Sheets of wire iabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain, a uniform strength and shall be securely filstened. (2) Welded Splices: Welding of reinforcing steel is not per- mitted without the written approval of the Engineer. When permitted, the welding must be done in compliance with the requirements of AWS-D12.1. (3) Mechanical Splices: Mechanical splices where shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer shall be mane using "Cadweld" (or equal) reinforcing bar connectors, installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendation,;. The mechanical device shall develop the full tensile strength of the bar. C. Tolerances: All reinforcement shall be placed as strown on the Plans with the following maximum tolerances: i Cover t 1/8" Spacings t 3/16" in 12" d. Placing; (1) General: Steel reinforcement shall be placed in the exact position as shown on the Plans and held securely in place during the placing of the concrete. The minimum clear distance between bars shall be two times the bar diameter. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members anO be securely attached thereto. All reinforcing shall be wired together at a sufficient number of inter- sections to produce a sound or sturdy mat or cage of reinforcement that will maintain the reinforcement in the intended positions when the concrete is poured. Every 4th intersection is considered maximum dis- tance between ties unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. (2) Lproval: No concrete shall be deposited unt" the En- gineer has inspected and approve] the placing ol' the reinforcing steel and given permission to place concrete. Exposed reinforcing steel intended for bonding with future extensions shall be effectively pro- tected from corrosion. (3) 'Hein and Supporting: The reinforcing steel in all con- crete slabs shall be held firmly in pace, as shown on the drawings, by wire supports or "chairs". Wire sizing did spacing of the chairs shall be sufficient to properly support the steel, and shall be in accordance with CRSI Manual, "Recommended Practice for Placing Bars." 3C-3 0) Spacers: The reinforcing steel in all concrete wall shall be spaced its proper distance from the face of the forms, as shown on the drawings, by means of ahprovpd plastic tipped metal spacers as manufactured by the Dayton Suregrip and Shore Co. or approved equal. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in individual molds, at which time the blocks shall be immer,,od in water for the remainder of at least a four-day curing period. The blocks shall preferably be cast with the sides beveled and in such mariner that the size of the block increases away from the surface to be placed against the forms. Blocks in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid are preferred. Suitable tie wires shall be provided in each block for anchoring the block to the steel, and to avid displacement when pl&cing the concrete. Unless Srecifically authorized by the Eng.- neer, the s,ze of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed ''o and c.ne-half (2-112") inches square or the equivalent thereof when circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be accurately cast to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. END OF SECTION X-4 SECTION _3D PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANELS 1. WORK INCLUDED: a. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals nece,sary for the fabrication, transportation, and erection of all concrete wall panel; as shown on the drawings and spr,_'fied herein. b. Furnish and install all reinforcing steel, steel anchor plates, weld plates, anchors and lifting devices cast into concrete panels. Electrical outlet boxer, and conduit shall be cast into pan,.-Is. 2. SHOP URAWINGS: Before beginning any fabric.tion, 'ubrrit six (6) sets of shop drawings to Engineer for ajiproval. Shop drawings shall be complete showing all dimensions, reinforcing, anchor placement, finish treatment and all details of fabrication. 3. >IALL PANEL OPTIONS: a. Concrete wall panels may be formed by one of two options: (1) Precast at a precast manufacturing plant and shipped to job site. (2) Job cast at the site. b. If Contractor selects to job-cast wall panels, he may use the area to the North of the cleari:ells for casting operations. After panels have been cast and erected, Contractor shall restore this area to its original condition, including re-seeding grass where casting beds occurred. c. Wall panel design noted on drawings is based on job cast concrete panels. If Contractor selects to use pre-cast concrete panels shipped to job site, manufacturer may re-design panel widths to correspond to dimen- sions which will allow transportation, but not less than eight (8) feet min- imum widths. 4. STANDARDS: ACI Title 67-18 "Fabrication, Handling and Erection of Precast Concrete Wall Panels" ACI 304 "Rec,+mmended Practice for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" CRS1 "Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete" 5. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: a. Precast wall panels shall be delivered to the site at such times as will expedite construction. Panels shall not be delivered until Contractor has prepared storage space for them, or is ready to erect them in place, at the Contractor's option. b. Panels shall be handled in as nearly a vertical plane ds possibl? at all times dnd staked vertically leaning against proper supports until used. Special shapes with fins or special design shall be protected with supports or special built fraries and shall be protected by wood runners. 3U-1 c. Wherever possible, panels shall be lifted fr,)rn trucks to prope-° position in the bijilding to avoid re-handling. If stored on the site, panels shall be raised uff grade with wood runners and all ,urfaces protected with quilted pads, cushions, or other protective coverings. 6. MATERIALS: a. Portland Cement: A standard brand of Aniericon manufactured Port- land Cement meeting ASTM C-150. b. Fine Aggregate: Clean, hard natural sand, or manufactured sand, or combination of both meeting ASTM C-33. C. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, hard, durable crushed stone, well-graded; maximum size of aggregate shall be lr, inch, 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between forms of the concrete member, or 3/4 of minimum clear spacing be- tween reinforcing bars. d. Water: Clean and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic waterial. i e. Reinforcing Steel: Steel shall conform to AST11 Specifications A615 for new blFet steel asfollows: (1) Grade 40 ties, stirrup3. (2) Grade 60 - all steel reinforcing not otherwise specified. (3) All reinforcing bars }ill be identified by permanent mill im- printed markings ;o show producer, h%r size and type of steel. f. Metal Accessories: Includ W spacers, chairs, bolsters, ties and other 'devfces necessary for properly placing, spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place. g. Admixture: Master Builders "Pozzolith", Grace "Darex AEA", Siika "Kikamix 10-4-" pis entraining agent or approved equal, conforming to ASTM C-260-69. h. Curing Agent: Curing agent shall be liquid which has color when applied butliecomes colorless and uniformily transparent after curing and shall be Guardian "Clear Bond", Lambert "Clear Seal", Meadows "Cure Bond" or approved equal, applied in quantity and method as recommended by ne manufacturer. This material shall not be used where further concrete, paint or mortar is to be bonded to the curd surface of the concrete. i. Mesh Reinforcements small conform to ASTM A-185. J. Metal 4ccessor ies: Furnish and install all spacers, chain, bolsters, and other crevices for properly placing, spacing and supporting reinforcement in place; and conforming to CRSI "Manuol of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete." 7. QUALITY CONTROL: a. Inspection: All concrete w mrY. steal' L- subject to Engineer's in- spection. 17or precast concrete manufacturer shell pro ide the Engineer w '.h all-? i a work schedule showing dates panels will be in the various st?V ricatio:i. Furtherrrxor•e, the manufacturer shall give notice 24 h, r, of fab- vance of each concrete pour, in ad- b. Testin_g: Provide for an independent laboratory, agreeable to the Engineer, to make concrete test cylinders during the placement, concrete shall include the costs of these tests in his proposal. The testing laboratory shall make a minimum of one (1) set of cylinders for every fifty (-j3) yards of concrete used for wall for every day concrete is poured; whicchever,,isr reat`r. sets of cylinders shall be from different batches and shall he broicn at 28Tdays only. Con- tractor shall take additional tests as necessary to determine strength for lifting as he feels necessary. c. Tolerances: All panels shall be subject to the following manu- facturing toierances: (1) Position of cast-in-place items: Inserts, bolts, pipe sleeves-----------------+ 3/81 Electrical outlets, pipe sleeves f 3/4' (2) Casting tolerance: Overall height or width-------------- Thickness ngular deviation of plane of side mold 1/16"per 6" A Openings ------------------------------------+4 to f,4 Squareness (difference rf 2 diagonal dimension)1/8" per 6 ft. 8. CONCRETE DESIGN AND PLACEMENT: o ; maximum a. Concrete snail be a controlled mix having a minimum strength at 28 davs of 4000 psi, using a minimu, of 5 sacks of 94-pound bag of cement per yard of concrete. Maximum slump shall be 4" b. Concrete shall be handled and placed in accordance to ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing any' Placing Concrete", and all concrete shall be vibrated, making sure to work -oncrete around reinforcing and embedded items and avoid honeycombs. 9. NOTICE TO OTHER TRADES; Manufacturer shall notify contractor of time schedule oconcrete pours and insure that all interested trades have the opportunity to i.rsert related embedded items into the forms prior to placing concrete. 10, MANUFACTURE: a. Forms shall be true to pattern conforming to roved and shall be free of warps or other defects whicnwouldpaffect shop drawings wall panel. All details shall be sharp and cri< finished surfaces shall be true radius curves blending into or in the surface, planes swithoutbreaks b• Reinforcements shall be bent to proper pattern and placed in the fori:urork and securely tied in place. Reinforcement shall be held away from if}-3 surface of forms to prevent exposure of reinforcement. Accurately place all inserts and lifting devices in proper position and secure in place to prevent dislod x'rt during concrete placement. c. Forms which are to be used more than once shall be inspected after each use and repaired where required. Do not re-use forms which have damage which will affe:t the strength, integrity or panel finish of the precast uni ts. 11. LIFT POINTS: Reinforcing shown in wall pane 1, are for walls in place only. This Contractor shall lie totally responsihlrr for all loads and forces imposed during casting and erection and shall adequately reinforce each panel to correspond. Lift points shall be computed and suitable means of liftiny and guying shall be provided. 12. REINFORCING STEEL: a. Reinforcing steel shown on drawings is minimum only. Each panel shall have both structural and temperature reinforcing of deformed steel reinforcing bars to comply with minimum provision of the ACI Code, and de- signed to resist 25 pounds per square foot wind loads. Reinforcing steel shall be carefully spaced according to structural requirements. b. Reinforcing steel shall be deforred bars conforming to ASTM A-305 aped shall be unpainted and free of scale, oil, or grease and shall be either straight or bent to detail according to shop drawings. Brush rusty steel with a stiff wire brush to remove loose or flaky rust particles. Reinfor- cing steel not scheduled as bent bars shall be straight and true, free of kinks, bends, or irregularities. Bent bars shall be bent cold and shall be formed in the shop and tagged according to shop drawings for proper place- rrx;nt. c. Bending details shall conform to the requirements of the Ar,ericar. Concrete Institute ACI 315-a7 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Strictures." No splices in reinforcement shall be made except as shown on approved shop drawings. The length of lap shall root be less than 24, 30 or 36 bar diameters for yield strengths If 40,000, 50,000 anu 60,000 psi, respectively; or not less than 12 inches minimum. Bends for stirrups and ties shall be made around a pin having a diameter of not less than two (2) times the bar diameter. Reinforcing shall be placed ac- curately and shall be securely tied in place with wire ties in such a man- ner to have the proper clearances with the forms of adequate strength to resist :r,spiaceuRnt during placement of concrete. 13. WIRE MESHi Whrre wire mesh reinforcing is indicated, it shall be of the size rioted i:nd shall be lapped not less than one mesh on the side, and two meshes at orri splices. Overlapping meshes shall be securely tied to- gether. 14. ANCIO RS, PLATES AND INSERTS: Manufacturer shall fabricate- all anchor,, brackets, plates- andinserts true to design and cast, into concrete panels during the manufacturing process. All reinforcing steel, inserts, brackets, or miscellaneous embedded steel items associated with precast panels shall be furnished by the manufacturer, accurately placed in the forms and secured against movement until the concrete has set. 3D-4 15. PANEL FINISHcS: a. Inside panel face, wood float or light broom finish. b. Exterior panel face - steel trowel finish, to be finished with applied textured coating as specified elsewhere. If panels are cast "face down", exterior surface shall be "form-finish" but shall be patched and repaired before finish is applied. 16. ERECTION; a. After panels have reached a minimum of 3000 psi and after seven (7) days have elapsed, panels may be lifted, tilted or otherwise positioned in place and adequately braced. Provide temporary braces from wall panels to "dead-man" anchors, which shall be left in place until roof structure is complete. b. Each panel shall be lifted into place and adjusted to proper align- ment and spacing. Panels shall be ?^vel and plumb, true to alignment and shinned as necessary, Secure all anchors and weld all connecting and anchor plates so that the entire work is rigidly in place, forming a complete inte- grated structure. 17. ERECTION TOLERANCES: Panels shall be erected to the following toler- ances-.----- Panel to joint, 10' panels--------------------3/16" Panel to ,joint, 10' to 20' panels-------------+3/16 to -rs" Joint taper 1/40"/foot Panel alignment of edge-----------------------)," 18. CLEANING AND PEPAIR: a. Repair all spalls, holidays, honeycombs and other defects in all exposed surfaces, exposed either to inside or outside. Chip away loose ma- terial and clean area to be patched. Brush on a thick coat of Larsen "Weld- Crete" and patch with a 1:2 mortar mix to match, concrete finish. Remove braces and fill in bolt holes and other holes left by temporary fastenina devices. b. Clean all panels after erection. Remove all concrete splashes, fins, projections or other defects. Wash with clear water and stiff fiber brushes, followed by rinsing with clear water. Applied finish to be as specified under the section "Painting". f rID OF SFCTIOI1 3 D• 5 SECTION 5A - MISCELLANEOUS METALS 1. WORK INCLUDED: a. Furnish and install all miscellaneous and ornamental specialty metal work shown on the drawings or specified herein. b. Provide all anchors, hangers, rods, bars, brackets or fast,~ners required to complete this work and to connect to work by others. Provide inserts for concrete where necessary. c. Submit six (6) copies of shop drawings for all miscellaneous metals for Engineer's approval prior to beginning any work. 2. FABRICATION: a. When a specific manufacturer's article or apparatus is specified, it shall be applied, assembled, or otherwise installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. b. Insofar possible, all special items shall be shop fabricated and assembled ready for erection. Fabricate articles to proper shape with sharp lines and smooth surfaces. Connections shall be securely welded, bolted or riveted and welds shall be dressed smooth on exposed surfaces. Thickness of metal and :omponent parts shall be of size adequate to with- stand strains reasonably anticipated for its usage. Provide lugs, rabbets or brackets to allow fer proper assembly and close fit. Exposed edges and ends of metal )hall be dressed smooth. 3. MATERIALS: a. Steel Rolled Sh_ape5.: ASTM A36, having a minimum yield strength not less than 36,000 psi. b. Miscellaneous Steel: ASTM A-1, or ASTM A7-52T. Plates and bars shall conform to ASTM A-284. c. Cast-Steel, General Purpose.: ASTM A27, Grade 65-35. d. Cast Steel, Structural: ASTM A418, Grade 80-50. e. Cast Iron: soft, gray iron, ASTM A-48, Class 30, 30,000 psi ten- sil-, strength. Accessories and connections shall be steel unl;:ss noted otherwise. f. Galvanizing: Galvanized metals shall conform Lo A`.)Tti A-123 and ASTM A-386.-- - g. Metal Deck: Type "A" narrow pile painted steel deck as manufac- tured by 10-and-kyerson, Granco, Robertson, or equal; 1'~' deep, 20 gauge, having I= .112 in 4, S- .115 in 3 and a weight of 1.75 pounds per square foot. h. Welding Electrodes: Electrodes shall be of the type required for the purpose intended, Use E70 series for manual arc welding for A-7 or A36 s tee I . i. Aluminum: Aiur,iinum shall be of an dll(~)y SuitLlble for the function 5A-1 intended. Finish shall be as noted on the drawing, otherwise shall be of recognized industry standard for type of component. j. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of the type required for the pur- pose intended. Finish shall be as noted on the drawing, otherwise shall be of recognized industr, standard for type of component. k. ShoRPaInt: All ferrous metals shall receive one coat red oxide primer meeting Federal Specification TT-P-636. 4. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL FABRICATION: a. Steel components shall be shop fabricated of standard structural shapes, or bent plates to the designs shown on the drawings. Frames shall be shop assembled by welding or bolting. b. Fabricate frames as detailed by welding, bolting or fasteners us- ing best modern practice. Frames shall be true to dimension and shall be set plumb and securely braced to prevent displacement until built into con- struction. Provide a welded frame for each roof penetration for skylights. Frames shall be field welded to structural members and shall be of sizes required by weight of equipment supported. Provide holes in outstanding angla legs for bolting wood curbs, where required. c. Provide all anchor plates and steel connection plates associated with erection of concrete wall panels. 5. METAL DECK: a. Spread out decking bundles in such a manner as to not overload any part of the roof. Install deck true to alignment with ribs perpendicular to supports. Attach deck by means of arc welding using a weld washer at each weld point. b. Lap end joints 2 inches over a support member at e'ich corner and at 12 inch centers, weldir,g through two thickness of metal. Weld intermed- iate supports at 24 inch centers with a minimum of three welds per length. END OF SECTION 5A-7 SECTION 5B - STEEL BAR JOISTS 1. WORK INCLUDED: a. Furnish all labor and materials, equipment and incidentals necess- ary to install all steel joists, bridging and accessories as indicated on the draaings and specified herein. b. Furnish six (6) copies of shop drawings for all steel joists for approval prior to beginning any work. 2. STANDARDS: a. Joist designations on the drawings are the `heel Joist Institute's designation number as listed in the "Standard Specifications and Load Tables", latest edition, issued by the Steal Joist Institute. b. All joists shall conform to the Steel Joist Institute's Specifi- cations and shall be capable of carrying the minimum loads lister) in the load tables. 3. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: a. Joist shall be delivered at such times as to best serve in exped- iting the construction and cause no delays. Delivery will riot be made until Contractor has made provisions for proper storage until erection. Storf+ steel joists in upright position, held off of grade by wood supports, and anchored in such a manner to prevent from falling. b. Inspect all joists upon delivery. Reject all damaged ,joists. Any joist which has one or more chord members bent or crimped will be rc- jected by the Engineer. 4. MATERIALS: a. All steel joists shall be fabricated of steel having design ;tress in tension and a minimum yield strength as specified by the Steel Joist In- stitute (latest edition) as follows: "J" Series joists 36,000 psi "N" Series joists 501000 psi b. Shop paint - red oxide primer meeting F( Jeral Specification Tf-R- 636. 5. rAB RICATION: a. Joists shall be fabricated in accurdancr, wit) the Standard Speci- fications of the Steel Joist Institute and shall confirm to their desi(ln requirements. b. Joists shall have the minimum bearing areas as :specified by the standard specifications, and in no ;ase shall length of bearing be less than 21, inches where bearing on structural steel, or 41;" where hearing on masonry. e. Joists shall he constructed with extrr,ded top chord, whorr, jni-t extensions are required. 5B-1 6. ERECTION: a. Joists shall be lifted to the structure and distributed to avoid overloadiny any part of the structure. Properly space joists and before any su;)erinposed loads are applied, joists shall be anch.jred and bridged. b. Steal joists shall be fastened in place by means of fil'.et welds on each side of bearing plates at beams and by standard anchors furnished by the manufacturer for joists bearing into masonry. lack weld steel joist to bearing members and ir+stall bridging. After bridging has been installed, complete anchorage by welding joist seats. c. Furnish and install cross bridging of the type indicated an the drawings which shall result in completely rigid members. End spans shall be given positive an:hor•aye against walls or structural m?mbers. Bridging members shall have a 1/r ratio not exceeding 250. d. Where concertrated loads arc. applied to eitnar chord of steel joist, provide a 2" x 2" x y4" angle field welded from point load is applied perpendic(ilar to opposite chord. END OF SECTION r I 5B-2 19 MIN t SECT ION 6A --CARPENTRY AND Mli _LWORK 1. WORK INCLUDED: a. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and ac,. st'riei necessary for )r incidental to all rough ar,d finish carpentry work , I,txior as well as interior, so voted on the draw;ngs or specified herein. i^r,uding block- ing, grounds, nailing strips and foaming required for ancl,•Arage area c: supports for equipment, or es required to make r1 complete 'nstal'.a.'ci + accordance with the dratiiings. h. Furnish and install all fasten,-r_,, nails, spikes, bolts, ,vashc-rs, screws and other items of rough hardware necessary to cowpl(t: r'r work. 2. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: a. Lumber shall he delivered to the site in accordance with the con- struction schedule but do not d~:liver unduly 1c,19 prior tc need. Lumber shall be protr;ctpl under water-reh~l ,a, co,sers in transit. b. Lumber store the joh site shall E,e protected from weather at all times. Store on L c^s Gied at+,)ve grade and keep covered with water repellent covers un I used. Finish lumber shall be stored under cover or inside protected tuiIdin(j. Do not store lumber in areas where plaster is being done until plaster work has thoroughly dried. 3. MATERIALS: a. Lumber shall ;onfor,!r to the provisions of the Voluntary Products STandard PS 20-71) (The American Lumber Standard) an' all Jimension lumber shall bear the grade and trademark of the ianufacturer's association under whose rules ti,,, lumber is produced. The yrademark shall clearly iden- tify each piece of lumber as to (1) species group (2) grace and r3) rules on which graded. Lumber used for rough carpentry work shall be Kiln dried having a moisture content noc exceeding 191,, and shall be surfaced four sides (S4S). Lumber may be of any of the several recognized species graded by the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) or the Soutrer Pine Products Association (SPIB) that rseet the minimum requirements specified herein. Where scheduled, lumber shall be preservative treated as specified. b. Lumber shall be as follows: Studs --------------•---------------Stud Grade Joists, Rafte-s ---------No. 1 GraJe Sills, Plates, Blocking--------------Standard C. Preservative Treatment: Lumber which comes in contact with con- crete or masonry, or-is used for curbs, blocking or +nailers at roofing, ur facias, or et"herwise used so that they might be erposed to weather, shall be preservative treated. Preservative treatment shall be in accordance with Federal Specifications TTW572 and TIW-00512. Lumber shall be treated with a repellent per cubic containing lb. retention preservative foot by the dry-vacuum eprocess. d. Lumber used in finish carpentry work shall be kiln dried having a moisture content not exc:cerling 15,', and sl.sll be surfaced foir sides (S4S). 6A-1 7 Elm e. Miscellaneous interior trim, etc., not specifically noted other- wise, v,nd not occurring on or connected with natural finish woods, shall be B and Better clear white pine or sugar pine. C. select finish may be used where painted finish is speciifiea. f Fasteners: Furnish and install Lill nails, screws, nuts and bolts, and other _fasteni_ng devices necessary for the execution of all work. Nails shall be of size and type adequate for intended usage. Nails for, rough frpmjr.g shal be 8d common or larger when used on 1" thick lumber and 16d -onro n or larger when used on 2" 1r.^ber. 4. RWIGH CARPENTRY INSTALLATION: a. All wor< shall be performed by qualifi,.d mechanics using hest worl<- nanlike meti,ods t.o perform earn operation. Erect all framing true to line, level, to pro,jer dimensions, square, aligned, plumbed, well spiked and nailed, and aaoquately bracird, r b. P roviee grounds end blocking as required. Bring grounds out flush to surface and secure firmly by proper means. Place accurately and true to line, straight, and true to dimension. Provide all blocking necessary for installation of all utilities, accessories, piping, fixtures, etc. 5. FINISH CARPLNTRY II;STALLATION: a. All wood me,nbers ,hall be properly jointec and trimmed out. Use quarter-round mouldings for trimming at plywood soffits. Use 3/4" S4S white pine memners for trimming at other points. Use special shapes, coves, wainszot caps, bases, trim and mouldings as noted on the drawings. All trir ;hall be sectored with finishing nails with nail heads set and hales filed. All joi,its shall be tight and secured tight against wall surfaces; mouldings, coves and trim shall bt: installed in as long pieces as practicable. Splices shall t•e held to a minimum, and in no event shall splices occur within eight feet or each other. 6. PREFINISHEG PANEL'NG: a. Furnish prefinished paneling for soffits and facial as detailed on the drawings and specified herein, including standard aluminum molding components as manufactured by Weyerheauser "Panel 15"; a 10 mil pebble tex- tured aluminum sheet bonded to 5/16" Structural 1C plugged exterior tyl: plywood core. Back face shall be 1.5 mil aluminum foil. b. Furnish standard aluminum mold ngs as required, including Type PA-15x "J rrold" for discontinuous ends, Type PA,-31 "H mold" for joints be- tween panels, and Type PA-8x adjustable outside corner for fascia edge. Mouldinjs shall be of same color as panels. c. Install panels tc take advantage of maximum width of panel, re- sulting in as few joints, r.s possible. Install "H" mouldings at all panel joints and "J" mouldings at ends o` panels. Install special PA-8x corner at fas,:la as detailed. Take adequate precautions to protect factory fin- ish. Jse special annular ring nails. Elio of SECTION 6A-2 f r SECTION 7A ROGF_'-NG AND SHEETMETAL i, liGRK INCLUDED: ';urnish all labor and materials mzc^ssary to complete 2,11 r~_cfinq, ncI" cling all incidentals and accessories for all roof areas as indicated on the crawings and as specified herein. 'l. CONTRACTOR'S LAU FICATION`: Roofing Contractor shall furnish evidence that hehas been in the roofinq business at least five (5) years and that he has dope satisfactory work of this size and type for at least five other recent projects. Also, he shall be a franchised applicator of the roofing mate•ials manufacturer. 3. DU IVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Materials shall rot to delivered to the job site until provisions have been made to receive them. After de- livery to site, roofing materials shall be stored on raised platforms and shall be neatly stacked and protected from the weather. Rolls of roofing felt shall be stacked vertically and shell be covered by waterproof cover- ipgs. Slag or gravel shall be neatly stockpiled in a manner to avoid in- clusion of dirt, debris or organic matter. 4. COLD WEATHER?RECAUTIONS_: No ror,fing shall be installed when the out- door temperature _it below 40 degrees F. or at 45 degjrees F. and falling. Roof deck shall be completely dry bei'ore raafing operations are begun. Remove all accumulated snow or ice. 5. GUARANTEE: In addition to the standard one-year guarantee, the Con- tractor s-FFall-guarantee, in writing, t're roof sys*ar•, including all flash- ings and metal components against all defects of material or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the riate of the Owner's acceptance of the building. This guarantee shall so state that during the guarantee period, the Contractor shall, within three (3) days of receipt of notice of leaks or dofects of the roofing syst,:m, repair such leaks at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. MATERIALS: a. Gravel: Gravel shall be approximately 3/8" size; 100% passing i," mesh, 303 to 50X passing 04 mesh, ,nd no greater than 5% passing #16 mesh corforrr-:ng to ASTM 0-1863. b. Asphalt: A high melting point mopping asphalt conforming to Fed- eral Sp%c_ffication SS-A-665A9 Typ,c: TIT and ASTM D-312, Type III. c. Asphalt_ Saturated Felts: Organic felt saturated wil:h refineh as- phalt conforming to Federal ification H11-595-13, Type 15A, and ASTM D-226-6il. d. Asbestos keinforred relts: Organic felt reinforced with a;,bestos fibers and saturated 'witFi rerined asphalt conforming to Federal Specifica- tion 1111-R-590A, Type I and !ASTM 1150-70, 15P Type, e. Rase Sliw.t_r A h:avy gauge asbestos felt reinforc^d with glass fiber strands, asphalt saturated erd dated with mineral stabi;ized asphalt coating, conforming to 'MM U-3370.747. f. Asphalt Pri,ncr: Asphalt based primer having goad penetrating 11131• itied conforming to +tiSTM 041076, brush or spray applied. 7A-1 g. Fiash`ng Cement: Formulated compound of select petroleum asphalt reinforcedd with asTesto; fibers and pure petroleum solvents in a trowel grade consistency, conforming to Federal Specification SS-C-153D, Type I and AST11 2822-69. h. Cant Strip: Asphalt impregnated, preformed fiberboard cant having a minimum face dimension of four (4J inches equal to "TemlocO as r+anufac- Lured by Armstrong Cork Company, "Tex Mastic", as wanufactured by J&P Pe- troleum Products or Celotex "Fiberboard" i. Insulation Board: A 3/4" thick homogeneous board formed of expand- ed perlite particles blended with select binders, complying with ASTM C-728; Johns-Manville "Fresco Board", Grefco, Inc., "Permalite" or Equal. J. Galvanized Irc;r: Commercial grade galv3r!I1.;; Or:FtmetaI conforming to Fed. Spec. OC-S-71S,'fypt 1, of gauge noted on the 'rowing; otherwise lr)i less than 26 gauge. k. Fasteners: Nails, bolts, screws and other fasteners shall be pro- vided as necessary to anchor all sheetmetal work. 1'+11 fasteners shall be non-corrosive steel. Nails shall be b-aitod, annular thread o- screw type. Stainless steel fasteners shall be uSec' for Connecting dissii,.ilar metals. 1. Solder: Conforming to ASTM 8-32, composition 50% tin and ri0'/ lead. m. Flux: Rosen, muriatic acid neutralized with zinc. n. Sealant: One component gun grade elastrometric type sealant based O on "Thiokol'' polysulfide liquid polymer. 7. PREPARATION: a. All openings in the deck surface and all flue stacks, vents, etc., shall be it place prior to application of roofing. b. Roof surface shall be dry, smooth and fret: of all debris and shall be sufficiently rigid to support all roofing ope;•ations. Tne roofing con- tractor shall carefully inspect all roof surfaces prior to beginning wort, and shall re;)ort any undesirable conditions to tO General Contractor, who will correct such defects. The beginning of work by this contractor indi- cut,es his acceptance of roofing surface. 8. ASPHALT APPLICATi0N: a. As plicI shall be heated by means of a kettle which has adequate means to contivl asphalt temperature. Asphalt shall not to heated to a temperature abr,ve 475 degrees F. for high melt type, nor 400 degrees F. for low nx1L type. At no time shall the asphalt be heated to a temperature which gill exceed its flash point. b. Hot aspSialt sha li be applied at a temperature not less than 375 degrees F. nor more than! 450 degrees for high melt types. Low riplt types shall bc! applied at ) temperature of not less than 350 degrees F, or more than 400 degrees F. 7; 9. IN:iULATION BW,D: Install insulatior: board ove, me-tal der-k in tt•o layers to a thickness of 11;''. 'irsi layer shall be installed in hot mjpp- ing of asphalt to metal deck. Second layer shall 'e installed with juints staggered from previous layer. 10. BUILT-UP ROOFING SPECIFICATIONS: a. Materials and specifications of any r,' the companies listed below will be acreptable, provided that the specification used complies 0th the provisions stated herein, are essentially the same roofing specifications of the one listed, and are applied in strict accordance with the manufac- turer's written instructions. Contractor shall submit six (5) copies of manufacturer's specifications to Engineer for approval and shall maintain an approved copy on the job site during all roofing operations. b. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: (i) Barrett Division (5) Johns-Manville 2 Bird and Son (6) Koppers Co. (3) Celotex (7) Phillip Carey (4) Flin0 otc (8) G.A.F. c. Roofing q ccifications shall be equal to Celotex Specification 441W with flashing specification AB-20. 11. BUILT-UP "MFING APPLICATION: a. Beginning at the low port of the roof, mop the surface of the in- sulation board with steep asphalt and while hot, embed line ply of coated base sheet lapping each sheet four (4) Inches over the underlying sheet. Lap ends (i inches. Seal all laps with hot asphalt. b. Starting at low point of roof, mop a uniforrii coat of asphalt and while !lot embed oiree plies of No. 15 asphalt asbestos felt. First strip shall be 12 inches wide, second shall be 24 inches and others shall ~e full width. Lap each ply 24-2/3 inches over the preceding ply, c. Over the entire surface, pour a uniform top coating of steep as- phalt and while hot, embed 400 pounds per square foot of gravel. 12. BASE FLASHING_S_: Base i'lashings steal'i be installed of all roof openings. Prime v.,rtical surface and install cant strip,l in hot motping of asphalt. Install roofing fells and extend to top of cant strips. Install first layer of base flashing from cap flashing down across cant strip and onto roofing felts a minimum of four (4) inches. The second layer shall be hot mopped onto the first and shall extend six (6) inches onto roof felts. Nail top of flashing with cement coated nods at twelve (12) inch centers and cover with flasld ng cement. Cover bottom of base flashing with two layers of 15 pound felt, 10 inches and six, inches wide mapped over edge. Lap ends of base Mashing a minirnuo of three (3) inches. 13. GRAVEL STOPS AND FASCIA: Whero gravel guards, fascias or metal edges are indicated, prov{de treated wood nailing strips secured to the structure. Extend two layers of felt at least six (6) inches beyond edge. After re- maining felts hove been installed, fold these two layers up a-d over the othr.r layers and mop in place with hot asphalt. Prime horizontal flange of sheetmetal and after drying, r,et flange on top of felt envelope in a 1 7A-3 sd solid 1/8" thick bed of flashing cement and nail at Vln0 centers. Joints shall be lapped a minimum of three (3) inches. Seal flange with one ply felt mapped solid in hot asphalt. 14. SHEFTME[AL WORK; a. Sheetmetal shall be fabricated to the thickness detailed on the drawings or specified herein and joined togetner. Built-in flashings shall be one piece wherever passible and in all cases shall be in lengths not less than ten (10) feet. All other pieces, unless required to be butt joint or soldered, shall be lapped three (3) inches minimum. Standing seams shall he IQ inch s2gle lock, cleated. h. Flashings shall be nailed on one edge only. Nails shall be evenly spaced not over 3 inch centers, 4 inch in from edge. Provide treated wood nailers at all edges and other locations necessary to properly secure "lash- ings, gravel guards, cleats, etc. 15. CLEAN UP: a. Protect adjacent surfaces from asphalt spillage. Cover parapets and edges of roof with protective covers where asphalt is lifted to roof. Any asphalt that is spilled onto any exposed surfaces, walls, or gr:,vel guards shall be promptly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. b. Repave all dobris created by roofing operations as it accumulates. END OF SECTION 7A-4 SECTION 7B - CAULKING: OAMPPROOFINS AND WEATHERPROOFING 1. WORK INCLUDED: Furnish all labo, and materials necessary to complete all dampproof inq, weatherproofirg, and caulking, including flashings, joint fillers and caulking. 2. MATERIALS: a. oakum: Oakum for filling small joint shall consist of hand picked, untarred, dry-spun, non-staining material. b. Joint Fillers: Joint fillers shall be clo<,(!d cell expanded poly- ethylene, open cell p61.-Urethane "oars or closed cell butyl foam as recom- mended by the sealant manufacturer. c. Expansion Joint Filler: Cane fiber impregnated with a bituminous binder, similar to Servicised Code 1390 expansion joint filler. d. Primer: A product made by the manufacturer of the caulking ma- terial, replied in strict a,.cordance with the manufacturer's instructions. e. Sealant: A one component gurn grade elastrometric type sealant based on "Thl okol" polysulfide liquid polymer, color as selected by the Engineer, GC-9 "Synthacalk" by Pecora; "Hornflex" by A. C. Horn, or approved equal. f. Sealant for Working Joints: Joints exceeding 5/8 in width and both sides c ,oirits at mall panels shall receive a two component synthetic rubber compound based on Thiokol liquiG polysulfide polymer, color as se- lected by the Engineer, such as GC-5 "Synthacalk" by Pecora, "Hornflex LP-32" by A. C. Horn or approved equal. Sealant shall develop a Shore Hardness of between 30 and 40 after seven (1) days at 77 degrees F. g. Ccn)pression_ Seals: Vulcanized elastometric compound seal:.; Acme "Acmaseol" Series A as manufactured by AHP sealing system or approved equal. 3. SURFACE PREPARATION - CAULKING: a. All surfaces to receiva caulking shall be clean and dry before application. Metal or glass shall be wiped dith a suitable oil free clean- I :ng solvent. Concrete or masonry mortar shall be fully aired and dry, gen- erally, three weeks' minimum tine lapse for proper air, prior to application of caulking or sealants. Concrete must be washed with a 5;{ muriatic acid solution followed by rinsing with clear water. Masonry surfaces shall I,e cleaned and free- of loose mortar, b. Joints to receive caulking should be not less than inch wide and depths shall be sane as width up to inch deep. Depths in excess of the above shall be backed with polyurethane or butyl joint filler as reconunendnd by the sealant manufacturer. where recommended by the seal- ant manufacturer. Where recommended by the manufacturer, provide a poly- elethlyne bond breaker strip applied behind the sealant. 4. CAULKING APPLICATION: a. All Joints to be raked and cleaned, removing all dust, moisture, rust, grease and loose materials. Mask or protect adjacent ,materials to 76-1 ~Ml aim prevent smearing. Promptly remove excess material and clean any smear marks. Priie all surfaces to receive caulking with a primer as reromrended by the caulking n,.inufacturer. b. Cut nozzle of cartridge to proper opening and angle for the parti- cular application and apply caulking compound with sufficient pressure to completely drive compound into joints and fill voids. Caulking shall be applied with a caulking gun with caulking gun heads of such size to properly fit the opening. All caulking shall be applied in temperatures exceeding 40 degrees and weather conditions are dry. c. Caulk between frames and wall panels, both sides of wall panels, and a,, indicated on the drawings. 5. JOINT TOOLING: Joint ; inch and larger width shall be tooled to com- press fhe compound into the joint and assure surface contact. For smaller joints a slicking agent is not recorm.nded. Where wide joint width occurs, "Toluene" or "Xylene" may be used on the toc,ling appliance to provide a slicker spArface for tooling; however, the use of these materials must be kept to Tn absolute minimum. 6. COMPRESSION SEAL: Install series "A" compression seals between con- crete scab and concrete wall panels as detailed on the drawings, Compression seals shall be installed using appropriate: acme and adhesive applied to both concrete surfaces prior to inserting seals. Seals shall be installed with a minimum of joints and all joints shall be sealed with adhesive. END OF SECTION 1a-2 ~f SECTION 8A---- METAi. -DOOR-3 AND FRAMES 1. Wn,RK INCI_UHED: e, Furnish all labor and material for all hollow metal doors, door frames, borrow lights, vision panels and transom frames as shown on the drawings and specified herein. Furnish six (h) sets of shop drawings showing all metal work to Engineer for approval. b. Contractor to furnish door manufacturer with hardware templates. 2. PIATERIAL.S: A11 hollow metal work shall be constructed as specified by Coco Corp., Chicago, Illinois, Overly Manufacturing Co., Greensburg, Pa., Anweld Co., Niles, Ohio, or approved equal. 3. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: All doors shall be individually packaged in cardboard cartons during shipment and until erected. Doors shall be stc,red in an upright position inside the building or on a platform raised above grade and protected by waterproof coverings. 4. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: a. Fra.:,es shall be fabricated of No. 16 gauge cold rolled steel of prime quality. Frame corners shall be mitered, internally welded, filled and ground smooth. All bends shall be brake form?d with clean sharp radii. b, Provide three rubber silencers on each single swing door frame and two silencers on each jamb for double swing door frames. c. riinge and strike mortises shall match door preparation, both in accordance with hardware templates. Hinge reinforcement shall be No. 9 gauge steel, not less than 10 inches long at each hinge location. Strike reinforcement shall be 12 gauge steel. Drill and tap to fit hardware. Pro- vide 26 gauge galvanized plaster guards over all mortises. d. Door frames shall be shipped with angle spreaders tack welded across the bottom of all frames. Spreaders shall remain in place until frames have been set and securely ana ored in position. e. Furnish all anchors and fastening devices required to install frames. Each door frame shall have not less than three anchors per jamb, and each frame leg shall be fastened to the structure with a flour anchor which se- curely anchors the frame to prevent twisting or warpage. Provide wood or metal stud or other appropriate anchors as necessary. 5. METAL P-0-ORS: a. Doors shall be 1-3/4" thick fabricated of two No. 18 gau,je roller leveled prime quality cold rolled steel sheets formed with flush seamless face sheets. The vertical edne joint between sheets shall be ~.omr;letcly filled and ground smooth .o give the appearance of a seamless door. b. Top and bottom channels shall be No. 16 gauge steel welded to both face sheets. Hinge reinforcement shall be. No. 7 gauge steel; drilled and tapped at the factory according to hardware templates. Closures shall be reinforced with 12 gauge reinforcement, surface applied hardware ;hall be reinforced with 14 gauge steel. All reinforcement shall be concealed. 8A-1 c. Door edges shall be continuously welded or mechanically locked with the appearance of seamless doors. Edges shall be bevelled 1/8" in 2" for proper Clearance and fit. Doors s`iall t;e insulated with a solid core of ri<iid, self-extinguishing polyurethane formed in place to fompletely fill the door cavity. Astragals shall ext,?nd full door hei(;ht, installed on inactive leaf of door pairs. 6. HARDWARE LOCATION: Unless noted otherwise, all hardware locations shall conform to templates or hardware submittals furnished by the General Contractor. 7. FINISH: After assen,bly, clean thoroughly, removinr.i all rust, scale, grease and rough spots. Chemically treat metal surfaces to assure paint adherence and provide shop coat of rust-inhibitive paint. END OF SECTION 8A-7. SECTION BB - FINISH HARDWARE, WEATHERST RIPPING AND THRESHOLDS 1. WORK INCt._UDED: a. This contractor shall be -esponsible for scheduling and furnishing all har6rare and shall properly cc,rrdinate this portion of the work with tlip supplier of hollow metal items by furnishing ner.(~ssary blue print tem- plates, properly annotated to the approved hardware ,chedule. b. Furnish all incidental items of hardware such as brackets, arms, strikes, inserts and plates necessary for t'": ^:oper operation of the hard- ware specified, along with all bolts, screws, anchor, or other fastening devices necessary. 2. SUBMITTAL DATA: a. Submit six (6) copies of a corplr-te hardware schedule to Engineer for approval. Approval does not relieve contractor of the responsibility for furnishing all hard,.gare necessary, or for th:: accuracy cf the designated hardware function as originally specified. b. Submittals shall be in th? following form only. Prepare a bound hardware schedule listing each separate nerdware set type and corresponding reference to the manufacturer's catalog page number. Provide catalog cut sheet for each item of hardware bound with schedule. 3. DELIVERY: a. All material shall be ordered to assure availability at the time re- quired for installation into the project. Hardware will not be delivered to the Job site until provisions are available for placing it under loclc and key. b. All material shall be properly tagged or labeled for intended use and :)y proper door number. 4. TEMPLATES: Furnish all data and templates necessary for reinforcing, drilling, Lapping and installing hardware to all suppliers of doors and frames. 5. KATERIAI.S: a. Ifinyes: Stanley, Lawrence, McKinney or Hager, equal to that speci- fied herein. furnish fasteners of the proper type for each installation. b. Locks: Locks shall be preassembled, heavy duty ylinder locks com- plete with curved lip strikes, knobs and roses. C. Dour Closers: Sargent, LCN or Von Duprin, complete with all brack- ets, fasteners, arms, or accessories necessary to perform the function in- tended. 6. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: See Drawings for location of each hardware set. Each dior shall-receive all hardware of the set scheduled. 88-1 Set No. 1: 3 pr, hinges 4; x 41~ x NRP x USP, Stanley FB8179 1 lockset Sargent 7705 x US2611 1 Pull Sargent 7794 1 pr. flush bolts Sargent 1 closure Sargent EB 1104-11 - 180 degrees x sex bolt 7. WEATHERSTRIPPING AND TUESHOLDS: Furnish and install a threshold and j weatherstripping for both leafs of the pair of exterior doors. Weath^r- stripping shall be as manufactured by Reece, Zero or Pemk0 and equal to the following: Door bottom Pemko 0222AV Fra;a at head Pemko #346A Head and Jambs Pemko N144'PFPS, black plastic Thresholds Pen.ko N171A - 5"aluminum 8. INSTALLATION: a. Weatherstrips shall form a weathertight seal at every point when the opening is closed and shall adjust themselves to the swelling, shrinkage and warping of doors and frames, without impairing their efficiency or the best operation of the doors. b. Set thresholds in a solid bed of caulking compo;md and fasten with No. 10 screws in expansion shields set in concrete at 14" o.c. spacing. Hardware shall be left in perfect working order. END OF SECTION 88 -2 I SECTION 9C -PAINTING ANA -1NISill NG 1. WORK 1NCL 'JOE U: ;urnish all rra:erial and la`,or, cqu.pment, services and operations 1r~~.essary to complete all painting jrirl r'acoratiny in ac(or dance with the draoir..)s and specified herein. l.. SAIIFLE-3 AND APP_RUVAL: Subm't a list of each specific type of paint proposed along with the manufacturer's product data ,h^et for that product ,snd complete color charts for color selection. :s. DELIVEU AND STORAGE: a. 1'elive., :11 materials to the building in original ;.ontaincrs, with labels intact. and seals unbroken. With tare exception of ready-:ii .ed I iateri3l., d^ all 0 xinq at site. b. Storage spar, krill be designated for storage of painting Riaterials and toolq, Protect entire floor surface from damage or spilled paint. Keep all p,;int containers covered at all times. Provide adequate safe- guards to pr,~vent fires. Maintain storage room in clean condition. Promptly r~:.ove all empty containers and construction debris. c. After leaving this area, clean all spilled paint and otherwise restore room to finish condition. 4. MATERIALS: a. All materials furnished under this section shall be as specified and shall be new, fresh products). All materials shall be mixed and applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. b. Linseed Oil, Raw: ASTM D'34. c. Linseed Oil, Boiled: ASTM D260. d. Turpentine: ASTM D13. e. Mi ner -1_ Spirits : ASTM 235. f. Tinting_Colors: Standard colors by same marnrfacturer as supplies paints. 5. I,IANUFACTURER: Generally, the painting products of the following manufacturers are satisfactory, unless specifically noted in the paint schedule to a particular brand or manufacturer. Benjamin-Moore Glidden Cook Pittsburgh Devoe Pratt- Lambert Jones-Blair Shemin-Williams Tn,2mec 6. PAINTING REQ11. NTS: a. All surfaces of every type, other than non-ferrous metals or factory finished surfaces or as specifically sf,hedulcI otherwise, shall 9C-1 ITC0 P not less than three (3) coats of paint, hacirig a Wiry film tbic',ness not less than 5 nits. Where painting type Is not --pecifically listed i^ t',e schrdule, p,ovide a three (3) coat paint finisi, of an appropriate ry e r,i nairt as selected by the Engineer. b. All painting shall UL applied by brush only, excep` that lar~j.% ,~cas may be applied by rollers. Steel Joists and steel deck may be spry/~d pr'();ided surrounding surfaces are protected with drop cloths and other protective devices. c. aru-h Application: Only top quality hog hair or ;ynti,etic bristle brushes shall be used. All paint shall be applied as to fc,rm a unif_,rm file thickness. Cross brush to insure filling of surface irregularities. Fir;' ',rushing strokes shall be made in the same direction :rid toward the j previot,sly applied paint. J d. Spray_ Application: Th,? ,air gc;r, U;cd shall be adjustable for regJ at-ton of the air and paint rirturt, an(! shall have a suitable water trap to remove moisture in the c,~o rossed air. Paint pots shall be equipped With an agitator to keep the par,lt well ir;ixed. All equipment shall be tt,or,ughly :leanod at the end of ,,ach day's work. The width of the spray shall be not less than rqrllve in, es (12") nor more than eighteen inches (18"). e. Mech.ar_ical_and Electrical equipment: Mechanical and electrical equipment shall be painted as outlined herein. Paint all types of surfaces of n>°chanical and electrical apparatus in all areas. Paint all electrical panelboards, regardless of factory finish, to match surrounding wall surfaces. 7. WORKMANSHIP: u. Painting shall be accomplished by skilled mechanics in a workman- like manner. Pa;nting :ontractor shall be wholly responsible for the quality of his work and shall not begin any work until the surfaces nave been properly prepared. Notify contractor of any defects which should be corrected prior to painting. b. No work shall be done under conditions which are unsuitable for the production of good results. Temperatures of spaces in building to be painted shall be maintained above 50 degrf:es F. and such spaces shall be kept dry. Exterior pointing shall not be done in rainy, damp or frosty weather, or until surface is thoroughly dry. All areas to he painted shall be broom cleaned and all unnecessary materials, tools, debris and equipnent shall be removed. c. Aptly all materials evenly so as to be free from sags, runs, crawls, or other defects. All coats shall be of proper consistency alyd shall be well brushed out to show the minimum of brush marks. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before ,.pplving next coat. 8. PREPARATION of SURFACES: a. General: All surfaces receiving finish shall be properly prepared as scheduled or-otherwise specified. Remove all loose iiccumulations of dust or dirt by blowing clean with air or vacuuming or sweeping with a brush. Where necess;,ry, wash with detergent follo~red t,y rinsing with clee,n water. Re:>ove oil and grease from steel wl..th mineral spirits. Wash plaster and wood with Dexall Preuarite. 9C-2 WA~ p I r r N lOl s 0% 0l 11 N N r r• ~ N ~f N N ~1 r r r r In Q >ti 0. 1 d G a I I 0. 1 r1 1 a- I 1 C) O• 3v 3•d 3.7 f 3d 3qzr 3: ON ?CU L Sa-C=. t-- tr.__._ t~_ r-b Lnt~ ------LAII LnL.) InLnto t.nIn V) ooL)0(0C3CD CJU-1 c C)CD CD N r N N N N Oj r N N (\i N CSI M •J Q,U) Ln p1~ _1C z l5 .r by i r ^ o L a ,x a d. N NI n N N 0 Vt r 0 Ln d Ci N V1 N N V1 l1 •r N Vf Cl r o 0r- 00 O O S- 4- O O CV x h rr V)rr ror-r rr- ror- r f to E E V) E E N E E N f 1 1 l I I 1 E Vf ~ •r U I I VI LY ~l ro ro L ro ro ~ ro ro • - •r E •r •r •r r l- l) O •r- •r• Cl O ~ C C C) c c C c v E E E E E n o r- E E r 1 G) a E CJ N'D CJ (U E C) v 'o v C1 C' C) r- a d Q) 4) L •r GJ •r N V1 C) N N L) N N N to ro 0; O g 1- L t- L. N N a O O v) O O O. O C, •r U O d^ w •r w w n w C) w 4J w w U U V •r •r •r •r C •r •r r t- C r rQJ r r Cryy d' -aa• qrq}~ U O+ i i i L ro L L f~ E> E E. E E L E U E~ 6 rip rp c x 4NJ +J 4J +~J 4JJ r--• 4rJ ro ro r- ro r_I r,7 ro V ro C rJ ro L i 4) CL X x x X ro x x :]l r- C to c I= I C c ro c G C C O- n C I C (a = a r N r-N C'") NM r-N Mr-(~'. M Nr-Nr~- NMr•N 41 N N VI N Loo I ~ -tll-- O O O O ,O x ~O W r r r r C) z 0 W O) 01 V' uI T 1-- w !n N 1 I k 1 N 1 ti y) N LA •r r •r •r V) •r• Gl N V21 O O E E V v 0 E: y e0 3 r- t7 V) W c1 V) C7 N N N L.I. U3 11A r C) _0 "a X>1 ,y Y 1I{Y > JL .SC V O Q Q ¢ 4 ¢ S Q w L r_ r c L r cu r L C) i L. L L i O a ✓!1/ iii m m m m m m m 0: (11) U C L V1 w ~ Vf G) G) L W • w of ~ tro ~ 1 U Q L 4- L 4- G) r 0 C CL N 4- > 0 r C O 010 G) O L Nt 3 wr• N V1 •r r- r-- C.C 3 3: B N E C. rN- 171 ~ r-• 6 cu O U a)) It) N 0 6 .w C VI r ro •r N 'r !n C w U N N U to - A r L 10 10'a p G! N V) gq Q ed r- N 0- m L L Iv i E F E S N U 4+• v 1 ro r0 ro 'a N ro •r E to L C ro L C {C L N i 7 C V i "V to 110 '7 N 4- :y rt) l7 O O O Q' m Cl 3 10 (1) i C 0 C3 L• V~ Cl IA N V N C r_ X 4J C N 4- O M 3 U V7 V w r • C) U rG 'r• L C V r r•- N r- r L E L G3 ! 4J V L r rJ C1 N r6 rC r- r1 e0 +i w N QI ro O 0 4J Q) > y1 r •r- -C 3 'Z 3 1 y~ N to i~ i J t/l G1 r- f•. A Cl ^ Z) i q r V1 M C1 F N rt1 O N LA L- 3 6) G) V L~ O 'V w 0 V N m O C •C7 O N J +r 4'' 4J U TI Flo KS 0 rd5 G C •r i N r7 N Vf t0 r- to Ln V1 •r L O i 'J Z O 0 CCO C V1 rtj O U U ro O V N V N J Cl C.l'r Q. 0 U 10 V1+ O_ N N r Elk, 7 +J r: -1 C- -u X •r L x r3 r: X •r r X O c 0 G1 :'•C O Cr Z lil a W U- o-9 F_ W E S O W '-4 U +J, tij U w~ N w y r- t~ RI 3 pa CJ p3p C x CL 4A L L r i r N I~ C) L Cl i ro 6) L ro N N o En 1+- 0 Or) i. 4J 0 Q x •w.r .w. •w.~ .w O C1 N j LL W r- L - i r- rm i L ro N wJ r3 ro rh c rJ U QS 19 iFJ N N iJ N +-J sJ .N 4J p t C x X Q - .0~ C- a L U O 8 s z, l.n b. Wo,)d: Surfaces shall be dry. ')and smooth and remove saw cuts Cc rasp marks. Spot Pi 6`0 knots 1111 sap s'.rraks. P,itty a'1 na i doles and cracks. C. Concrete: Pat0 where necess.,ry with lirtex concrete. Remove loose dirt and d!ast. Apply conc-,,-te sealer or rn,35onry conditioner. d. Galvani.,ed Iron: Clean thoroughly to remove grease, residue and corrosion with solvent wash. e. Steel, Solvent Cleaning SSFC-SP 1-b?.: Remove oil, grease, dirt, soil ur cotaminants by cleaning with solvent or steam. 9. KCHAN;CAL AND ELECTRICAL PAINr SCHEDULE: 1. Exterior: (1) New Iron and Steel, Unpain'ced Piping, Valves and Fittings: The items shail X1-b e yivan one coat of a rust inhibitive primer equal to DuPont DULUX Maintenance Primer No. 76)0 and two coats of machinery enamel equal to DuPont OULUX. (2) Shop Coated Piping, PVC Piping, Valves and Fittings, Shoff Coated Maciinery, E]ectrical Control Equipment, Etc_: After touching UP shop coats, if applicable, these items shall all be given two coats of a machinery enamel as specified above for exterior items. All new piping in Liquid Chemical Building shall be painted in colors according to the following code: Liquid Alum Pale Green Caustic Beige Plant Water Dark Blue w/White Bands in addition, all chemical feed lines shall have stenciled on them black flow direction arrows and chemical name every 10 feet inside buildings and every 25 feet outsine building. (3) PainLinfr of galvanized metals will not be required. _ND OF SEC710N i 9C-3 SECTION IOA=BUILDING SPECII{I TIES 1. WO?;t INCLUDED: a. Furnish labor, materials, and equihs,v.nv necessary to accomplish the -nstaliation of the spec,alty items specified herein. b. Accessories such as anchors, screw plates, bolts, toggle bolts, expansion shields, set screws, etr., required by type of accessory selected and by type of construction to which they are connected. Finish of hardware shall match that of accessory. c. Sabm t four (4) copies of shop drawincs or submittal data for Engineer's approval for earth item "listed. The furnishing of samples is necessary only when the Cottractor wishes to substitute a similar item, or upon special request of the Engineer. 2. INSTALLATION, GENERALLY: a. Install accessories by skilled mechanics; plum), level and tree, in correct plane and securely anchored to walls ny type of anchorage best suited for •;ixture spec%'ied. 'there necessary, provide wood bucking. u. Locate accesso!•ies as indicated or as dirzcted by Engineer. In general, center or place in particular reference to fixture center lines so t9iey do not interfere with door, swings. Where accessorie., are installed in ceramic tile walls, center item in regard to tile dimensions. 3. FIRE HTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS: Furnish and install one (il fire F,xtinguisTter ai locations note-dcr the drawings and as manufactured by Larsen's Manufacturing Company, Minneapolis, Minn., or approved equal. Fire c-tinguisher shall be a ;eneral purpose dry chemical, 10-pound type DP-10 fire extin.guishcr labeled by thoa Underwriters' Laboratory. Furnis.i wall bracket. 4. SKYLIGHTS: Furnish and install four (4) skylights at locations noted on drawings.- Skylights shall be as manufactured by Fisher, Hillsdale Industries, or Naturalite; equal to Naturalite Vbdel ADD5252 464" x 4614" inside curb dimension. Skylights shall be factory assembled units consisting of free formed ore-piece ecrylic resin plastic domes; a white, obscure outer dome and a clear seconeary dome; a two-piece extruded aluminum frame, and a .9" high factory curb. Retaining frame shall be .05" extruded aluminum, having an integral conden30.•! gutter with drain. Curb shall be .032 aluminum, complete with fihergiass insulation and a mounting flange. ENT' OF SECTION l0A-'I SECTION 11A - MISCELLANEOUS PUMPS 1. CAUSTIC RECIRCULATION PUN,P: Furnish and install one pump for reLirculatiny a 50% caustic (sodium hydroxide} solution from the bottom to the top of the caustic tank. Pump shall be Crane-Deming Figure 4001, with capacity of 50 GPM at 25 feet of head. Pump shall be cast iron, bronze fitted, with flexible coupling, base and 1750 RPM motor sized for non-o%,erload at maxic,um pump requirement. Pump shall have a double mechanical seal. ENO OF SECTION I 11A-1 SECTION 11B - CHEMICAL FEED EQUIPMENT I. GENERAL: This section covers the furnishing and installing of liquid alum and caustic feed facilities, comprised of the following principal items: Two (2) Liquid alum metering pumps Five (5) Caustic feed pumps Five (5) Caustic day tanks with vent system Two (2) Liquid all.1m day tank w/vent system As required Auxiliary valves and connections, pump stands, gages, in-line mixers, calibration chambers, etc., all as shown on thr plans or required by the manufacturer for comp'oete operation of the chemical feed systems. The liquid alum and caustic feed systems shall be furnished by &r,,i installation supervised by one manufacturer, Wallace and Tiv.rnan, or approved equal, The Contractor shall furnish and install all additional materials, valves, gages, etc. as recommended or required by the manu- facturer of the above mentioned systems. NOTE: Contractor shall furnish piping sciiemat.ic3 with shop drawings for all proposed chemical feed systems. Piping schematics shall include all piping, fittings, etc. and shall be drawn in perspective form. 2. LIQUID ALUM METERING PUMPS: Furnish and install two (2) metering pumps for pumping liquid alum. Pumps shall be W&T Series 44, dual head, diaphragm type, Model 44-125, to operate against a maximum head of 75 psi, at 1725 rpm. Pumps shall have local manual control and shall be provided with a standard system consisting of steel column with anchor- ing flange and a steel shelf for the pump. Each pump shall be provided with a 105 gallon day tank and a control center which is prewired for the pump. In addition, each pump shall have discharge line shutoff and check valves, pressure relief valves, e;cternal anti-siphon valves and other accessories as required to perform the intended function. 3. CAUSTIC METERING PUMPS: Furnish and install five (5) metering pumps for pumping- 25% and 50% caustic solution. Pumas shall be W&T Series 44, dual .cad, diaphragm type, Model 44-226, to operate against a maximum head V 50 psi at 1725 rpm. Pumps shall be equippeJ with the same installation package as specified for the liquid alum with tte pxceptior that pressure relief valves and anti-siphon valves are riot required. 4. DAY TANKS: Furnish and install seven (7) day tanks, taro (2) for the liquid alum and five (5) for the caustic feed systems. Day tanks shall be 105 gallon c;.pacity and shall be constructed of polyethylene. Day tanks shall have clear graduations at 5-gallon intervals and shall have fittings for pipe connections as snown on the plans. Tanks shall be equipped with suitable float valves fcr maintaining a constant liquid 11B-1 level and a high level contact for actuation of a remote kigh level alarm. Tanks shall also be equipped with lids for connection to a vent system as shown on the plans. In addition, tanks shall have a 2" over- flow port and nipple located as shown on the plans. 5. CALIBRATION CHAMBERS: Calibration chamb,~rs shall be 4000 cc graduated chambers as manufactured by Wallace & Tiernan. 6. IN-LINE MIXERS: In-line mixers as shown on the plans shall be Koch static in-line mixers. Mixirq 6 ement shall be flanged unit fur con- necticn to schedule 80 PVC pipe and shall be constructed of PVC. Mixers shall be suitable for the chemical application shown on the plans. 7. BACKPRESSURE VALVES: Backpressure valves for the liquid alum shall be of the diameter shown and shall be field set at 15 psi backpressure. Valves shall be supplied by the chemical feed equipment manufacturer. Valve material shall be suitable for the chemical application. 8. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: Pressure relief valves shall be of the size shown on the plans and shall be supplied by the chemical feed equipment manufacturer. Relief drain lines shall be directed to the day tanks and valves shall be field set at 70 psi. Valve construction material shall be suitable for the chemical application. 9. VALVES: Valves for the chemical feed system shall be diaphragm valves which are specified in Section 15B. END OF SECTION I i i 118-2 1 I SECTION 11C - METERING E UIPMENT 1. DILUTION WATER METERS: Furnish and install water maters in ac- cordance with the following schedule: No. Location Size Rec~'d Range _ Pressure Drop 50% Caustic Storage 2" 1 4-160 gpm 5.6 psi at 160 gpm lank Alum Dilution Feed 3" 1 5-350 gpm 5.9 psi at 350 gpm The 2" meter shall be Model "W-160 DR" and the 3" meters shall be Model "W-350 DR" all as ninufactured by Rockwall Manufacturing Company, or approved equal. Meter operating ranges shall be for continuous flows and shall have an accuracy of registration of 100%± 1-112% of actual throughput. The 2" meters shall have 95% accuracy at 3 gpm and the 3" meters 95% accuracy a. 4 gpm. Each meter shall be capable of handling 150 psi maximum operating pressure. The meter and connections for the ^c" meters shall be screwed 2"-11-112 N.P.T. internal threads. The end connections for the 3" meters shall be flanged ANSI 125#. The meter register shall be hermetically sealed direct reading type which regis- ters water flow in gallons. The registers shall be capable of total- izing 100,000,000 gallons and shall read 100 gallons per sweep nand revolution. The main case and measuring chamber shall be constructed of bronze, the flow tub4 shall by PVC, the motor shall be st.:inless steel, the register shall '.,e Rockwel, sealed register, or equal, the thrust bearing shall be tungsten carbide, and the magnet shall be ceramic. ENO OF SECTION IIC-1 SECTION 110 - MISCELLANEOUS 1. FLOOR DRAINS: Furnish and install floor drains in the location indicated on the plans. Floor drain shall be Josam Series 30000A or approved equal. Floor drains shall have stainless steel, flat, grating tops. 2. PIPE INSULATION: All exposed piping, 12-inch size and smaller, which will be subject to freezing shall be protected with insulation. Insulation shall be 2" thick "Fiberglass Low Pressure" covering as manufactured by Owens-Corning, or equal, with universal jacket, secured with staples on 3-inch centers. Fitting and valves, except unions, shall have Eagle Pitcher "One Coat" cement, finished with F-ounce can- vas. Where valves are to be insulated, the velve stem shall be of sufficient length to extend cut of the insulation such that the insu- lation will not interfere with the operator movement. All insulated pipe shall be weather protected with !sheet aluminum. Where cleanout crosses or tees are called for on the laps, an extension pipe and plug will be used where insulation will nor `nterfere with cleanout work. Electrical heat taF,~ shall be installed on pipes for all caustic lines. 3. GRATING: All fiberglass grating as indicated on the plans shall be standard Fibergrate , square mesh, or approved equal. Grating shall be 1-112 x 1-112" mesh x 1-112" thickness with a bar width of 1/4" nominal. The grating shall be fiberglass reinforced thermally cured in the mold with smooth mold edges. All tearing bars and cross bars shall be molded at the st,me time into one piece type construction. Grating shall be molded from a fire retardant tiermosetting halogenated polyester resin with fire retardants added and shall have a fire rating of 15 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84-77A. Grating shall also meet the self extinguishing requirements of ASTM D635. The glass content of the grating shall be a minimum of 25% and a maximum of 40% by weight as determined by ASTM D-2584-67T f)r maximum sunlight and chemical resis- tance. The grating shall be capable of supporting 100 pounds per square foot on 48" span with a maximum deflection of 0.500 inch. The manu- facturer shall be required to furnish certified test results and load/ deflection information. Grating oars shall have a n)n-porous, concave top surface to provide a skid-resistant walking surface. All grating which must be cut during installation shall have the affected edges sealed with a proper sealant prior to installation. 4. FRP VENT SYSTEM: The FRP vent piping for the chemical day tanks shall be equal to Poly Thread (RTRP-12EC) as manufactured by A. 0. Smith, or approved equal. EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH: Furnish and install eyewash and sink in chemical feed buildinki as shown on the plans. The emergency sh war- head shall be item 45-2003, Cherne Scikntific, or approved equal. 6. FIFE SUPPORTS: Wall mounted pipe supports shall be Unistrut P-5500 series galvanized channels and pipe clamps shall be Unistrut P-1100 110-1 series pipe clamps or approved equal. 1301ts to mount, the channels to existing concrete walls shall be stainless steel 'Rrvihedds" or approved equal. lr,terior pipe mounted to walls shall 1),3ve Iln ktrut P-2600 uni- cushion at all pipe clamps. END OF ECTTON llb-~ SECTION 13A - CHEMICAL STORAGE TANKS 1. SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installing v` chEmi- cal storage tanks. Tanks shall have cons roofs, flat bottoms, piping connections, op-pings and appurtenances, all as indicated on the plans, including access ladders. An adequate number of tit-down brackets with galvanized anchor bolts shall be provided to prevent overturning. Z. DESIGN: The Contractor shall be responsible for the ad,quacy E,f dosign of the chemical storage tanks. The tanks shall be designed in accurdance with applicable portions of A`rWA 0100 for a lateral load of not less than ten (10; pounds pcr square font on the vertical projection of the structure Roofs shall be designed for a live load of not less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot ana for dead loads imposed by equipment on top of the tanks. Reinforced fiberglass tanks shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASTM D3299-74. Tanks shall be designed for installation on reinforced concrete slab foundations as shown on the plans to provide a flat, level continuous support. TESTING: Tanks shall be hydro tested at the point of manufacture after installation of fittings with a full head of water for a period of at least four (4) hours. Any leaks which are disclosed shall be re- paired and retested. After installation, the tanks shall again be tested with water for a period of at least four (4) hours. If repairs are necessitated, tanks shall again be tested after repairs. Field tests will be made by installation contractor, but repairs, if required, shall be made by manufacturer. 4. FRP TANKS: a. Furnish and install reinforced fiberglass polyester tanks shown on the scheaule below. Tanks shall be as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglass, Associated Fiberglass Engineers, or approved equal. The tanks shall be constructed by using the filament winding method for highest circumferential strength, with a 100 mil resin rich layer on the interior sur- face and an isophalic polyester resin mat on the exterior sur- face not less than 20 mils in thickness. lank materials and construction shall bc suitable for materials to be stored. Each tank shall have 1-112" radius sidewall knuckles and the allowable strain level of the tank laminate shall not excN:d 0.0010 in/in. Construction of tanks shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation 0-3299-74. Tank sidewall thickness shall have continuous taper not made of stepped thickness courses. Flanged nozzles shall be cr.~,icaily gussetted with minimum strength requirements of 15UO ft-lbs of bending and 2000 ft-lbs of torque and suitable for connection to PVC pipe. 40-50 Durometer 1/8" thick full-face gaskets shall be used. The tank manufacturer shall provide certification labels for each tank stating the following: 13A-1 1. Corrosion resistant liner resin 2. Type of liner reinforcement 3. Chemical to be stored including: (a) Concentration (b) Specific gravity (c) Maximum temperature 4. Exterior resin 5. Tank capacity 6. Date of manufacture b. Tank. Schedule: No. Tanks Die Fit Chem. Nominal Req'd. (Ft) (Ft) Spec. Capacity Chemical _ Gravity Gal ) Liquid Alum 1 121-0" 151-0" 1.33 120000 Caustic (6°: and 50% 1 121-0" 151-0" 1.52 12,000 Sodium Hydroxide) 5. INSULATI)N AND HEAT TRACING: The alum storage tank shall have a factory installed 2" cover of polyurethane foam covered by a 100 mil layer of resin and chopped fiberglass and a gel coa+. The caustic stordye tank shall have a factory iostalle; electrical heat tracing system with a 2" polyurethane foan layer covered by a 100 mil layer of resin and chopped fiberglass and a gel coat to maintain the tank con- tents at 60° F. when ambient temperatures are at 5° F. 6. LEVEL INOICAIORS: Each storage tank shall have a Varec Figure No. 6700 liquid-level indicator, or appro,~ed equal and shall be installed as shown on the plans. All materials of construction shall be standard materials as stated in Varec bulletin with exception that no aluminum will be used on the level -indicator for the caustic storage tank. The indicator board for the caustic storage tank shall be stainless steel. Tank shall have fittings for installation of level indicator. END OF SECTION 13A-2 SECTICN 15A - hEATING AND VENT ILAT1A4. I KIRK INCLUDED: Furnish all labor and material,,. equipment and inci- denta'is necessary t,-) install all heating and ventilation systems is indi- ,ated ot, the drawings and specified herein. 2, .SUBMITTALS: Furnish submittals, shop drawings, or catalogue data On, all manufactured items in sufficient detail 1,o allow proper evaluation and approval prior to ordering any equipment. DELIVERY AND STOPA GE: All equipment and materials shall be ordered 0 allow delivery at the proper time according to construction schedule. Store at job site at location so directed. Cover with waterproof coverings until erected. Protect against damage. 4. STANDARDS: ASHRAE, "Guide of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers." Mechanical Code, City of Denton, Texas. 5. E gUIPMENI APPROVALS: Equipment shall be certified by the appropriate standard-aIsoc~at~on an~~ shall bear the approval label of that organization as follows: Electrical equipment UJL Gas Consuming Equipment - AGA Fans and Blowers - AMCA 6. MAINTEN ICE INSTRUCTIONS: Furnish three copies of complete operating instructs ons and parts list for each piece of manufactured equipmellt. 7. EXHAUST FAN: a. Furnish and install wall mounted exhaust fans at the location noted on the drawings, having the capacities so scheduled; as manufactured by Penn Ventilator Company, Jinn-Air, or ILG Industries. b. Exhaust fan shall have statically and dynamically balances propellers installed in deep spun venturi orifice. Fan panel shall bn_ fabricated of heavy gauge steel with welded corners and side flanges. Panels shall be cleaned, chemically treated and finished with enamel, Fan shall be direct connected to motor which ii resiliently mounted to frame. Provide wire fan guard of steel rod design. 8. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATFR: a. Furnish and install two (2) electrical unit heaters at the locations noted on the drawings, having the capacity so scheduled, and as manul'actured by Chromalux, ILG, o,• equal. b. Unit heaters shall be encased in a complete metal enclosure having a baked enamel finish. Unit shall be coipletely factory wired, ready for connerti•:,r, to poo,er source. Heating elements shall be fin tube type, continuous spiral fins brazed to metal sheath. Motor shall be totally enclosed, continuous heavy duty, with built-in thermal overload protection. Fan blades shall be of aluiinum construction direct connected to fan renter and shall be „tatiU,Ily and dynamical';y balanced. Furnish a contactor sized for heater. 15,11 c. Provide a wall n:rounted hanger and hanger bracket and attach to wall at locations noted, with three 3/8" phase expansior bolts. d. Furnish a unit mounted Oe,irostat mounted in heater cabinet, com- plete with adjustment knob with positive Ofi positinn. 9. LOUVEkS AND DAMPERS: a. Furnish and install weatherproof louvers, exhaust tan automatic shutter and motorized darThers as indicated or. the drawings and specified herein. Furnish two (2) 30"W x 24"H weatherproof louvers with motorized dampers and one (1) 20" square gravity fan shutter as indicated. b. Weatherproof louvers shall be Airolite Type 638, having blades fabricated of 20 gauge galvanizes steel, formed at 45-degree angle with a center baffle and return bend. Frame shall be fabricated of 16-gauge galvanized steel as detailed. louvers shall be bonderized and given an epoxy primer and a final finish of two coats high grade alkyd urea baked enamel. c. Motorized dampers shall be Airolite Type T633 having 16-gauge galvanized steel blades. Frames shall be 16-gauge galvanized steel assembled by welding. Blades shalt pivot on stainless steel ball bearings in Cadmium plated steel racers. Blades shall be linked together with operating bars with a stainless steel sleeve pivot. Dampers shall be controlled by a lcw voltage operator. Furnish motor, transformer and motor linkage for each damper. a. Furnish an 18 x 14 mesh bronze insect screen for each 7ojver, mounted in a folded "U" shaped frame attached between louver and dapper. e. Furnish an Airolite Type 525 automatic fsn shutter at the wall mounted exhaust fan. Blades shall be 20-gauge aluminum mounted with stain- less steel ball bearings with pivot pins. Frame shall be 12-gauge aluminum. Shutters shall be finished in baked alkyd urea enamel finish to match weatherproof louvers. 10. CONTROLS: a. Furnish and install a complete system of controls tr> operate the exhaust fan and motorized darv)ers. Furnish transformers, thermostats, relays, and wiring necessary to co ,rlete installation. b. P.•ovide a thermostat for the exhaust fan. Exhaust fan shall be energized whenever space temperature exceeds 9f degree, 3 degrees F.). Whenever exhaust fan is cnergized, circuit to motorized dar,i)ers shall oe energized and both dampers sha'rl open. Dampers to close whenever exhaust fan is off. LIM OF SECTION 15A-? SECTION 158 - PIPE AND FIl1INOS 1. GENERAL: This item covers the furnishing, installation and testing of all piping as shown on the plans and provided for in these specifi- cations. The Plans show sizes and general arrangement of all pipes and appur- tenances; responsibility for furnishing exact lengths of the various pipes for proper "make-up" rests with the Contractor. 2. PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS a. Materials: PVC, pipe, where called for on the plans, shato be Type I, polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 80 pipe conforming ASTM 1784. PVC adhesive shall be an approved type PVC. solvent suitable fur use with schedule 80 PVC pipe conforming to AS1M 02564. PVC pipe 4" and larger for connection to the high service distribution system shall be Class 150 conforming to C-900. Pi;e shall be "Blue Brute" as manufactured by Johns- Mansville, or approved equal. b. Laying: PVC piping shall be laid in the locations indicated, with hangers, brackets, supports, etc. at spacing recommended by pipe manufacturer. Flexible connections shall be required at locations shown and at all other locations where pipe passes through a concrete wall. C. res n : All PVC piping shall be tested, before backfilling, at 150 psi for one hour, and all leaks made good. 3. PVC SEWER PIPE a. Materials: PVC sewer pipe and fittings shall meet the re- quirements of ASTM Specifi•:ation D3034 for SDR 35. Piping shall be bell and spigot with rubber sealing ring conforming to AS11i D-3212. PVC fewer pipe shall be as manufacturers by Johrs-Mansville, or approved equal. b. Pi_pe Layi_ng: Trench .,xcavatiun and backfill sh,111 be in accordance with the :applicable ,arts of these specificatiins and the details shown or the plan:. Upon the required embedment, the pipe shall be laid to the line and grade shewri on the plans. Pipe shall not vary rsore than one tenth (1/10) foot from the true line nor more than two hundredths (?/100) foot from the theoretical grade The Contractor ;hall furnish. and set. all grade boards, y lines, plumb bobs and lines and measuring poles ner.essary for laying pipe within the tolerance allowed, grade boards shall be set at intervals not to exceed fifty (50') feet. Prior to laying, the pipe shall be carefully inspected fcr compliance with the specifications and pipe which is crackr,d or t;roke.i or 15i-1 I/ ewr that does not fully comply with the specifications shall be rejected and immediately removed from the site of the work by the Contractor. Pipe shall be laid with bell end upgrade and with spigot dovn- grade unless otherwise approved by the Enrlineer. The sandy or granular embedment material shall be placed to a gr-ide slightly higher than that required for the grade of the p ,e. and the pipe brought to grade by tamping or the removal of the slight excass embedment under the pipe. Adjustment to grade and line shall be made by scraping away or filling with embedment material, and wedging up or blocking up of pipe will not be permitted. Each pipe section shall have a uniform bearing on the embedment for the full length of the pipe. After the pipe has been placed and ,jointed, the embed- ment shall be brought to the full depth required. Such part of concrete embedment or encasement where required that may be placed after the pipe is laid, shall be tamped to make a bond V:ith the original concrete, care being exercised in tamp+ng to prevent lifting the pipe out of alignment or grade. END OF SECTION i 15B_? SFC110ll 15C_ _ .VAI vi DIAPHRAGM VALVES: furnish •ind install diaphragm valves as indi- cated an the plans and in accordance with the following schedule: Body Tyl,e Type Service '.1 e i r Water Str ight,way Alum Straightway Caustic All valves shall be handwheel operated and shall be pressure rated at 106 psi. Valves shall I•e as manufactured by ITT Grinnell, or approved equal. All straightway uiaphragm valves shall be cast iron `rody w,th No. 10 hard rubber lining}, Figure Mo. 2834-3-IM, with ethylene polypro- pylene diaphragrns. Water Service weir body valves shall be ?VC body for dia- sizes 112" to 2" and cast iron body with PVC lining for ,aalvargethan 2.". Water service: valves shall have ethylene polypropylene phragms. All valves s',nall have travel stop and indicating Items. 2. GLOBE VALVES: Globe relves where indicated on the plans, shall be Crane No. 351, witn ASA 125# flange. Globe valves for screwad piping ..hall be equal to Crane No. 1 f PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: Furnish and install a 4-inch pressure r;duc;+g valve on the service water line as s'I`nwngoon the `pla~s.and The shall va ve shall be Clayton Manufacturing Company be :signed to maintain a downstream pressure of 60 psi with a minimum of tluctuation, and shall operate completely automatically. Valvesure 150 p shall le designed foraw01Qk,i;r eGUAl, with ranges of 0-200(psif, shall be gauges, Ashcroft, fype i pruvider! 4. BALK, OW fREVENTOR: Furnish and install a 4-inch backflcw pre- ventor as uliCateri in the plans. Valve sh,01 be Clayton D. Double Check Valvo ',einbly manui3ctur•ed by Cla-Val C')., or approved equ31, and shall be a c Mete unit consisting, of two i,rd!iiendently acting spring- loaded toggle ever' check valves, two shut-o'.t v Ives and four test cocks arranged that a `cyst of each check valve can be made. The to ho leading ion c ofrflnw. shall entdiretunetst spring I psi in the derr t the b r" the i,ated n9thouttremovalpof shall not exceer, toggle liver r the he en tir~+ assembly l,om tt,c line. All materials hall be corrosion resir•t.nt. Check varvcs r.hall he cast iron epoxy coated dn,l check valve trim shall rye bronze h',rM B-Eli. Asserahly unit, shall have flanged ends Qrl, lb. ANSI B16.1. lho r., embly shall be r:al:,ahle of withst3nding a working pressure of 150 {isi. 1giC-l 5. CAIE VALVE: Flrrnish and install a 4-inch grte v,rlvP at the high Service tap as showi on the plans. Gate Valve ;hall conform strictly to the tentative A'rlWA Standard SI',eci fication for Gato Valves, A1r'WA C5, latest revision, except for the changgs and addition, specifically outlined below. Gate valves shall be double disc, 1),rr,3llel seat, in- ternal wedging type with cast iron body and bron7u mountinrjs. Valve shall be designed for a working pressure of 200 psi. Gate valve shall be non-rising stem and shall turn counter-clockwi,.v to open. Valve shall have handwheel for operation. Valve shall hr•rlesigned for ver- tical installation. Valve shall be Clow, Murrller or Iowa Valve Company. Additional requirements for gate valves s,iall include rust-proofed steel stuffing box bolts with bronze nuts, glands for valve shall e bronze, and all bronze metal in valve with the exception of valve stem and gate ring, shall be Grade I, ASTM 662-49 bronze, 6. SLUICE GATFS: Furnish and install a W'W' square sluice gate at the location as shown on the plans. Gate shall be in accordance with AWWA Specification C501, latest revision, and these specifications. Gate shall be cast iron, bronze mounted, flat frsne, flush bottom, and with adjustable wedge system to insure water tightness. Front anc rear faces shall be machined to provide proper fit. Sluice gate shall be Armco, Rodney-Hunt, or approved equal. The disc shall be of cast iron, square shape, designed for upward opening, with vertical and horizontal stiffening ribs. Guides shall be cast iron with heavy ribs to withstand the thrust due to combined water uress,re and wedge action. Wedges shall be of bronze, machined on ali bcacing surfaces and adjustable. Seat facings shall he bronze alloy. 'items shall 'We stainless steel. Gate shall be handwhet?l operated. Gate shall be furnished with stem guide, galvanized steel anchor bolt.;, nuts and washers, etc., as re- quired for prover installation. Enclosed machined or bearing surfaces shall be coated with water-resistant. grease. Exterirr surfaces shall be painted with a machinery enamel. 7. CORPORATION STOPS: Corporation stops as shown on the plans shall be Mueller or apor3s-,d equal. 8. AIR AND VACUUM VAIVF furnish !tnd install valve for the alum dilut.io.' 1I PP ,3t tlrA r7pid mid basin as ind katerl on the plans. Valve shall be APCO Model 1•.1 as manufncLo,ad by Valve and Primer Corporation, or approved equal, Valve body, cove, and traftle ;1ili be cast iron, f loat stainless st,te! and srrat tluna-FI. - FLAP VALVE: Furnish and install a 1'bar.ka~atc~~ flap valve JOSAFI Series 1190, or approved eyc31. Valve shall have a cast. iron body with brass seat ring. i i E;~I1 01 SiC1101`1 SECTION 16A GEk£RAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENI5 1. SCOPE OF WORK: The electrical work shall consist of providing complete and operative electrical installations, as shown on the Plans and provided for in these Specifications. The work includes the fur- nishing of all labor, materials, and equipment, to provide a complete and workable electrical system. 2. CODES AND STANDARDS: All electrical material, workmanship, and tests shall be in conformity with the applicable current standard rules, regulations, and specifications of the following authorities: National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) and National Electric Code (NEC). National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). .nstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). American National Standards Institute (ANSI). National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) Standard of Installation. Association Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC). National Bureau of Standards (NBS) (National Electrical Safety Code). City of Denton, Texas. 3. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP: All materials shall be new unless other- wise spec flea, 'and first class in every respect. All materials of a type for which the Underwriter Laboratories have established a standard shall be listed by the Underwriter's Laboaratories, Inc., and shall bear their label. All electrical work shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Master Electrician holding a valid license in the State of Texas. All work shall be performed by competent workmen, skilled in this type of work. Work shall be neat throughout, and structurally sound. All equipment stored on the ;ob prior to installation shall be suitably housed and protected from weather or oth,~r damage in full accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. All equipment equipped with spice heaters shall have the space heaters energized and operational as soon as possible following delivery to job site. Space heaters shall be kept in operation to protect equipment from moisture. In general, the recommendations of the manufacturzr shall be followed and approval of metros by the Engineer shall be obtained. All equipment shall have been properly oiled an,' lubricated during storage and before any opera- tion and shall he checked by a manufacturpr's representative prior to startup. 16A-1 4. SHOP DRAWINGS: the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for his Pp- hroval, required shop drawings shoeing all equipment he con- templates incorporating in his work. Samples of materials shall be submitted for approval when so directed. Equipment, materials, and articles installed or used without such ap- proval shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. The shop drawings shall include catalog numbers and complete description. Approval of such drawings, equipment, and specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the satisfactory performance of the equipment as furnished and installed. b. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the following items: (1) Conduit (2) Wire and Cable (3) Heating and Ventilating Thermostats (4) Lighting Panel (5) Manual Motor Starter (6) Heat Tracing (7) Chemical Day Tanks High Level Alarm (8) Lighting Fixtures (9) Wall Switches (10) Convenience Outlets (11) Switch and Receptacle Plates 5. GROUNDING: All conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets, and other equipment shall be properly grounded in accordance with National Elec- tric Core requirements. The ground wire shall be bare stranded copper, sized as shown on the Plans. Wire connections to the ground conductor shal+ be of the fused type equal to th{tC shalldbprocess. ledh retground In ck wire is a>.posed to mechanical injury, wall conduit. Connections shall be made to equipment with solderless connectors, such as Burndy Type QA or approved equal. The metal surface under the lbg shall be cleaned to bright metal. Connections to motors shall be to the grounding stud which shall be threaded into the sta- tionary frame and not an end bell, and the ground wire shall not be lugged to a mounting bolt. Equipment not specifically shown connected to a grounding conductor shall be grounded b means of a conduit supply- ing the equipment. Where direct metallic connections cannot be made, bonding jumpers shall be used. Sections of metal conduit interrupted by 1VC conduit shall he effectively grounded to ground wires. 6. LOCATION OF OUTLETS: The approximate locations of cabinets, panel- boards, switches, nuwerr Outlets, et.c., are indicated on the plans. Unless otherwise Indicated, convenience outlets shall be located 11-6" above the flcer, wall switches shall be located 4'-6" above floor, and thermostats shall be located 5'-0" above floor. IGA-2 7. TESTING. All circuits shall be rung out and on completion of the work all of the installations shall be entirely free of grounds and short circuits. 8. GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall guarantee ardinst mechanical defects in any or all materials and workmanship covered by these Speci- fications and shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, any defective work, material, or part which may show Itself within a period of one year after find] acceptance of the work, 9. SERVICE: Electrical service at the Pump Station shall be 120/240 volts, single phase, 3 wire from the power company's padmount trans- former as shown on the Plans. The power company will furnish the transformer, and all primary rable and connections ahead of their transformer. This Contractor shall install a concrete pad as shown on the Plans for the service transformer. This Contractor shall also install the power company meter base as shown on the Plans. ENE) OF SECTION 1`A-3 SECTION 16B - WIRE AND CONDUIT SYS'EM 1. CONDUIT SYSILIl: A eumplete electrical eonrlrrlt system shall be fur- nishel anii installed for all electrical wiri,rg. All conduit installed underground in earth, concrete, or as noted below shall be rigid PVC. All conduit other than that buried in earth, installer) in concrete structureS, or as noted shall be heavy wall rirlid steel galvanized conduit. At the transition from underground nr from concrete struc- tu.es, no PVC conduit shall be exposed to mechanical damage. Rigid steal galvanized conduit shall extend a maximum of twelve inches and a minimum of four inches into earth or concrete at. the transition. Rigid steel galvanized conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside and out and shall conform in all respects to Federal Specifications WW-C-581d, ASA C80.1 and Underwriters Laboratories Specifications. The conduit shall be protected by a chromic acid rinse. Conduit shall be Triangle PWC or approved equal. Plastic conduit shall be Schedule 40 rigid high impact polyvinylchloride conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and Underwriter's Labora- tories, Inc., Standard UL-651. Plastic conduit shall be CertainTeed, or approved equal. Joints in plastic conduit shall be of the solvent welded type. Where used, flexible ccnduit shall be American Metal Hose with neoprene jacket and Appleton Sealtite fittings, or other approved equal. Connec- tions to motors shall be flexible metal conduit for a distance not to exceed thirty (30") inches. All underground conduits shall be buried a minimum of 18 inches deep and as shown on the Plans. Buried conduit banks shall be backfilled with material free from large rock, paving material, or large angular substance which may damage the conduits. Conduits in the building shall be exposed ur concealed on ceilings and walls as shown on the Plans. Conduits shall be rigidly supported to the building structure by mrdns of straps or clamps, bolted or screwed to the structure. The straps shall be of the two-hole pipe strap type and clamps shall be of the one hold pipe strap type. Conduit sizes shall be as shown on the Plans except that in no case shall a conduit size be less than that required by the Natiunal Electri- cal Code. Three-fourths (3/4") inch conduit is the minimum size that will be permitted. Double lockout construction shall be used on all conduits, terminating in stamped metal motor terminal, motor starter s&fety switch, outle', junction or pull box, etc., with approved type cf bushing over end of conduit. Length of conduit threads shall be increased outlets, junc- tion and pull boxes where necessary to accomodate double locknuts and bushing. All bushings shall be fully seated against end of conduit, 168-1 Bushings shall be compose) of an outer threader) mel;+i ring with an inner insulated compound ring molded into the metal ring, r,r shall be of thz !,readei tyi,e, c •mpose(I entirely car an ai)proved ins,i;rtin(l material. Conduit nipples shall have two independent, sets of threads. Running threads shall not be used. Where conditions rep{uirr. joining two fixed conduits into a continuous run, a conduit union shall be used. "Condulet" type fittings shall not bt used on conduits containir;g wire #4 AWG Ga!rge or larger sizes. Pull hc,xes shall be provided and in- stalled where necessary to facilitate the installat.ir,n of cable and wires. The pull boxes shall be N.E.C. size. Junction or pull boxes installed in concrete slabs shall be cast iron. All other boxes or outlets shall be of 304 stainless steel or cast iron with watertight covers. Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be accessible and not buried. Expansion joints shall be installed in all conduits crossing concrete expansion joints. Provision shall be made to prevent shear strain on conduits where they cross concrete expansion joints or enter concrete structures. 2. WIRE AND CABLE: All conductors shall be 600 volt thermoplastic insulated single conductor copper, 75° C., Type TF1HN/1"HWN for sizes #8AWG and smaller, Type THW for sizes #6AWG and larger, wet or dry. In addition, the wire shall be water tank tested and approved as machine tool wire in accordance with the National Machine cool Builders Asso- ciation. The wire shall be Collyer Specification No, P-142 for Type THW, Collyer Specification No. P-400 for Type THHN/rHWN, or approved equal. All wire and cable #8AWG and larger in size shall be stranded. The minimum size conductors permitted is #12AWG, except as specifical'ly indicated on the Plans. All wire shall bear the approval of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. All splices and taps shall be made with mechanical type, compression type or spring connectors. Splices and taps shall then be reinsulated with Scotch Tape No. 33, half lappe(f, to a thickness of 1-112 times the conduct.)r insulation thickness. All conductors shall be continuous from outlet to cutlet and no splices shall be made except at outlets. Sufficient wire shal be left at all outlets to make connections to apparatus without straining. For all wiring systems, the wire shall be color coded in accordance with the National Electrical rode. In conduits or runs containing from two to seven conductors, no two conductors shall be of the same color. In roe duits or runs containinyl from eight to fourteen conductors, the same color shall not appear more than tivice, for runs of more than fourteen conductors, the same color shall not appear more than three times. 166-2 Unless necessary for pullirig purposes, conductors ~,I,,11 be continuous front termin.;' block to torminal block, without splir" Under no condi- tion s hall conductors of a different color be - spl ica:d tnZther. In addition to color coding, all c rcuits shall be trq(If.d at terminals. A soldered splice tap of, connection shall not be 31c.1,ptable. All conductors field installed in electrical equipmrit and enclosures shall be neatly bundle(, and secured with cable ties (Ty-rap or, equal) at. 6" intervals, Where paired shielded cables are indicated, they shell be the specified number of pairs of 7/28 stranded copper conductors with .013" extruded PVC insulation, twisted into pairs, stranded into a core and enclosed in a non-hydroscopic core tape, 100% coverage helically wound aluminum foil shield, drain wire and .035" minimum extruded PVC Jacket. Pairs shall be black/white with each conductor printed with a pair number at one- inch intervals. Cables shall be 300V rated, NEC-725 and IEEE 383, Alpha No. 5610/2000, Belden equal, or approved equal. For all paired control cables, the shield shall be grounded ar. the Instrumert Panel end only and shall be insulated from ground elsewhere. Shield shall be made con- tinuous for the entire run. Under no circumstance shill 300V cablo be laced with or placed in the same ccaduit with 600V cable. END OF SECTION 168-3 SECTION 0C - ELLCTRWAL EQUIPMENT T. HEATING ANO VENTILATING THERMOSTATS: Thermostats shall be in- stalled at the-11 0 0, hown jn the Plans to control indoor heating and ventilating equipment. Thermostats shall be heavy-duty, single sure with a 45 and 85 F. adjustable rinlc and two SPOT contacts rated 16 amps at 170 VAC. Thermostats shall be Honeywell 1`605281003, or approved equal. 2. LIGHTING PANEL: Panel shall be General Electric Type NLAB or approved e'qu~1 wN h,iLed-in circuit breakers. All multipole breakers shall have an internal common tri,. The panel shall be of NEMA IA construction. Panel shall have a complete detailed directory. Panel shall be factory equipped and LI labeled for service entrance equip- ment. 3. MANUAL MOW STARTERS: Manual motor starters shall be double pole, 240 VAC, toggle operated, complete with overload heater sized for the equipment served. Marnal motor starters shall be General Electric CR101, Square D equal morel, or approved equal, housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure for indoor use. 4. HEAT TRACING: Electric heat tracing shall be installed on all extertorr caustic piping as shown on the Plans. Electrical heating tape shall be a strip of self limiting, parallel circuit construction consisting of a continuous inner core of conductive material between two parallel copper bus wires, and an outer Teflon jacket. Heat tracing shall be Chemelex Car. No. 8ATV2-T, or approved equal, for operation on 240 VAC. A weatherproof contactor thermostat, Chemelex Cat. No. E334US, or approved equal, shall be installed accord- ing to the manufacturer's recommendations to control each heating tape circuit. Insulation shall be installed over the heat tracing as de- scribed elsewhere in these specifications. 5. CHEMICAL DAY TANKS HIGH LEVEL ALARM: A high level alarm ci,cuit - - shall he furnished and installed as detailed on the Plans for indication of a high liquid level in the chemical day tanks. The circuit shall consist of 120 to 24VAC control transformer, control circuit fuse, con- trol relays, amber Indicatinn light, normally open pushbutton, and alarm horn as shown in the control circuit on the Plans. The control trans- former shall be an industrial type, 50VA minimum rating, with 120 VAC primary and 24VAC secondary, Acme Electric Cat. No. TA-1-81141, or approved equal. The fuse shall be of the glass ferrule type rated 2 amps, 32 volts, and shall include an appropriate fuse block, lhi con- trol relays shall he octal base plug-in type with clear dust cover, 24VAC coil, and 2SPDT contacts rated 10 amps at 250VAC, Potter and Brumfield KRP11AG20, or approved equal. The indicator light shall be heavy duty oiltight, full voltage type, with 28VAC lamp and amber leas, Allen-Bradley Cat. No. 80OT-Q24A, or approved equal. The indicator light shall include a legend plate marked CHEMICAL DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL, the pushbutton shalt be heavy duty oiltight with one normally open and 16C-1 one normally closed contact rated 10 amps at. 120VAC. Pushbutton shall be Allen-Bradley Cat. No. ROOT- W , or approved ejol 1, and shall include a legend plate marked VARK 1ANCI. Thl A I a 1 0 W 0 Aa11 Oe a slow Pulse typo, 7900 W., 24VAC, with a gourd intensity of 8000, Mallory Unalert No. WC,:'BAJ, or approovd uqW_ the rootrul transformer, fuse, and relays Nhtill he iWalled Voide the existing Instrument Panel in the Adminis'ication t'uildinrl. The ImAb utton and indicator light shall he installed on the frnnt. of the Ins1runent Panel and the alarm horn Ad!I bra Kok Iled thooi qh IV top of tho Irnkupenl. I'a"PI as shown on the END OF SECTION I A 1602 SfCT1CfJ l[D - LIGHiINr, FIXTEIE;E,, SWI1C11E5 nNr REr:l1"r Ir • 1IGIIIIti~ fl,klURLS: !ha Cor~trac:lor shall f~i,i,fh~ ,0:1 ru,t,a;, all It )q fixtures throuyhuut, ietc arith l.rnr,,l., wirrnrt, hanllr'r~, et(- as regUirotf. T~/iS S pf fiXtlll'c iii 'i~,IIJnc: 1'rFf-_A: Inrlustri~rl fItrorescelit tixtrn,r, with t{i~ itp IarII", prutr:,.tctl hirlli lower f;Irf,)r hallast, r,02ra;n refieetur. 1 ixture,, shall he (iesiynrri ftrr• rWit irlnous vc>! urTtin4 Fir.tu+'es !,hall he Benjamin C-3ta11irl No. tI-11',,'i, II u° a;)prov~~J rquaI. TYPE 8: Post top aluminurT, fixture with 175 wntt color improved mercury lamp and integral 120 VAC auto-regulator mercury ballast. Fixture shall be mounted on a round tapered aTUminum pole with 10' mounting height and embedded hase. Fixture shall be General Electric Cat. No. C89ON102 with Cat. Nu. C8961F.16 pole, or , pprcved equal. Each fixturr shall include a top mounted photocell for automatic operation, G. E. Cat. No. C402G6n0, or, approved equal. 2. WALL SWITCHES: Wall switches for general se shall he (If the totally enclosed industrial type, specification grade, Leviton, or approved equal as shown frer„w. TYE- Lev iton No. Single Pole, 20 a. 1221-1221-1 1nstaII switches to accomplish the control as shown on the PlanUse gang mounting where two or, mere switches occur at the same !!,cation. 3. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: Con~unience outlets for general, use shall be Underwriter is approved duplex grounding tvpe, high abuse hospital grade, corrosion resistant, 15 fmpere, 125 volts, Leviton No. 5262-HG, x262-1113I1 or approved equal. Elio 01 SECTION 1FiJ-1